Quarterlytics / Clipper Logistics plc / FY2017 Annual Report

Clipper Logistics plc
Annual Report 2017

CLG · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker CLG
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Clipper Logistics plc
Loading PDF…
C

l

i

p

p

e

r

L

o

g

i

s

t

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

Annual Report 
and Accounts 2017

By the 
time you 
read this 

everything 
will have 
moved on…

V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights of the Year

Group revenue

£340.1m

(2016: £290.3m)

+17.2%

2
3
4
.
8

2
0
1
.
2

1
0
6
.
7

Group EBIT*

£17.9m

(2016: £14.7m)

+21.8%

8
.
7

9
.
6

1
4
.
7

1
2
.
0

3
4
0
.
1

2
9
0
.
3

Group profit after tax

£12.5m

(2016: 10.3m)

+20.6%

1
7
.
9

3
.
8

2
.
8

1
2
.
5

1
0
.
3

7
.
3

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

*  Group EBIT is defined as operating profit, 
including the Group’s share of operating 
profit in equity-accounted investees, 
before amortisation of intangible assets 
arising on consolidation and any 
exceptional or non-recurring items.

Adjusted earnings per share*

Cash generated from operations

Dividend per share

12.5p

(2016: 10.3p)

+20.5%

8
.
4

7
.
0

5
.
7

£25.7m

(2016: £20.5m)

1
2
.
5

+25.2%

1
0
.
3

1
5
.
8

1
2
.
6

1
0
.
6

7.2p

(2016: 6.0p)

+20.0%

2
5
.
7

2
0
.
5

7
.
2

6
.
0

4
.
8

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

* 

Earnings per share in 2013, 2014 & 2015 
were adjusted for the effect of certain 
non-recurring items

Contents

Strategic Report

8 Understanding Clipper
10 Chairman’s Statement
12 Our Markets
16 Our Business Model
18 Our Strategy
20 Risk Management
21 Principal Risks and Uncertainties
23 Viability Statement
24 Our People
28 Sustainability
30 Operating and Financial Review

Governance

36 Board of Directors
38 Corporate Governance Report
42 Nomination Committee Report
43 Audit Committee Report
46 Directors’ Remuneration Report

– Implementation Report on Remuneration
– Directors’ Remuneration Policy (appendix)

60 Directors’ Report
64 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in respect of the Annual Report and  
the Financial Statements

Group Financial Statements

65 Independent Auditor’s Report
68 Group Income Statement
68 Group Statement of 

Comprehensive Income

69 Group Statement of Financial Position
70 Group Statement of Changes in Equity
71 Group Statement of Cash Flows
72 Notes to the Group Financial Statements

Company Financial Statements

98 Company Statement of Financial Position
99 Company Statement of Changes in Equity

100 Notes to the Company 
Financial Statements

112 Directors, Secretary, Registered &  

Head Office and Advisors

V…but don’t 
worry, our 
success is 
based on  
us always  
thinking 
ahead.

Consumer expectations are growing,  
financial pressures are slowing demand 
and competition is increasing. All these 
factors combine to give consumers more 
choice and to make the retail sector more 
competitive and complicated than ever before.

We understand just how business-critical 
logistics is. That’s why we’re constantly 
challenging conventions to improve clients’ 
business performance and help them meet 
the changing dynamics of retail with cutting-
edge logistics management solutions.

1

VAnnual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc  
Next day  
delivery 
is a real 
challenge...

Over the past couple  
of years, there has been  
a market shift towards  
“Click and Collect”. 
Many retailers report that 
over 60% of their online  
orders are collected by 
consumers, rather than  
home delivered.

2

vhttp://www.clippergroup.co.uk/about-us/logistics-evolved/ Clipper Logistics plc ...but our 
Click and 
Collect 
systems 
enable 
retailers  
to deliver 
outstanding 
customer 
service.

3

vAnnual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc  
In fashion 
today, returns 
are business 
critical...

Returns are a real and 
growing challenge.  
Overall online return  
rates are between  
25% and 40% in 
fashion and footwear. 

4

http://www.clippergroup.co.uk/about-us/logistics-evolved/ Clipper Logistics plc ...but with 
Boomerang, 
retailers get 
what they 
need, where 
they need  
it and when 
they need it. 

We have taken on the growing problem 
of returns management with an agile 
and cost-effective solution – Boomerang. 
Whether it’s fashion retail, high-value or 
general merchandise, Boomerang takes 
cost, complexity and risk out of your reverse 
logistics process. 

It enables our customers to grow and trade 
more competitively. 

Our work with companies such as ASOS, 
SuperGroup and John Lewis, demonstrates 
a high level of expertise in managing the 
returns process smoothly and efficiently. 

5

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc  
For our 
customers, 
reputation 
is everything...

Retailers need to stay 
ahead of their competition. 
Our in-house experts deliver 
customer-specific solutions 
relevant to each retailer’s 
needs. Our multi-user 
sites give smaller retailers 
scale, providing access 
to resources and market-
leading project expertise 
which would otherwise  
be out of their reach.

6

http://www.clippergroup.co.uk/about-us/logistics-evolved/ Clipper Logistics plc ...but we 
have the size 
and ability 
to tackle 
any project, 
and the 
speed and 
agility to  
act quickly.

7

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc  
Understanding Clipper

Whoosh!
That was the sound 
of now passing by.

The speed of change is phenomenal 
In e-fulfilment & returns management 
services, the logistics requirements of  
retailers have changed dramatically:

— 22% of non-food retail sales now take 
place online in the UK (source: ONS).

— Effective management of returns is 

crucial to protecting a retailer’s brand.

— In clothing and footwear, between 

25% and 40% of products sold online 
are returned (various sources).

— Click and Collect: over the last three 
years, the proportion of online orders 
collected in-store has increased from 
10% to over 65% for many retailers 
(various sources).

Legislative, economic, competitive  
and other influences mean that our 
customers need a retail-focused 
logistics provider to enable them to 
continually adapt and evolve to 
address these challenges. We have  
the credibility and are acknowledged 
as a thought leader in the sector.

We’re large and able
We’re experts in retail and high-
value logistics. We have the facilities, 
the processes, the experience, the 
fleet, and, most importantly, the people 
to deliver on contracts of all sizes, 
and we see the bigger picture without 
neglecting the day-to-day detail.

We’re fast and agile
We have a flexible, ‘flat’ organisational 
structure that gives customers direct 
access to our senior team. We have 
experts in warehouse design, system 
design and testing, project management 
and implementation, and the 
operational management to ensure 
rapid delivery of effective solutions.

We’re big and small
Our bespoke approach sees us work 
with market leaders, small to medium-
sized enterprises (SMEs), start-ups and 
the UK’s fastest emerging brands – 
and we deliver the same flexibility 
and exceptional service to every 
client regardless of their size.

The Group operates from 44 locations 
comprising over 8.3 million square feet.  
It now has over 3,900 employees, 
excluding agency staff. 

Reporting segments
The results of the Group are reported 
in the following segments:

— Value-added logistics services, 

comprising the following business 
activities:
— E-fulfilment & returns management 

services;

— Non e-fulfilment logistics; and
— Central logistics overheads, being 
those costs of the business which 
are not meaningfully allocable 
to the above business activities, 
including directorate, advertising 
and promotion, accounting, IT 
and the solutions development 
team; and

— Commercial vehicles.

Whilst not a segment in its own right, 
the Group separately reports 
head office costs, representing 
the costs of the Executive Chairman, 
Chief Financial Officer, Deputy Chief 
Financial Officer, Company Secretary, 
Non-Executive Directors and plc 
compliance costs.

Segment and business activity details
E-fulfilment & returns 
management services
This business activity includes the 
receipt, warehousing, value-add 
processing, stock management, 
picking, packing and despatch of 
products on behalf of customers to 
support their online trading activities, 
as well as a range of ancillary support 
services, including the management 
of the returns process for customers.

At no time does Clipper take ownership 
of customers’ products. The Company 
owns the Boomerang brand, under 
which returns of products are managed 
on behalf of retailers.

During the 2017 financial year, Clipper 
entered into a joint venture with  
John Lewis, Clicklink Logistics Limited, 
(“Clicklink”), which operates a 
shared-user, retailer-focused Click and 
Collect solution to capitalise on rapid 
transition to in-store collections.

Clipper anticipates rapid growth in  
this segment, reflecting continuing 
migration to online retailing due to 
the structural changes taking place 
in the retail sector. It is expected that 
the proportion of non-food retail sales 
taking place online will grow from 22% 
currently to 33% by 2022 (source: PwC).

The results of Servicecare are 
included in the e-fulfilment & 
returns management category.

8

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Our investment case

1  Sector focus
— Clipper is focused on the provision  
of value-added logistics services 
to retailers.

— By being thought leaders in the 
sector, we identify trends and 
opportunities ahead of the 
curve and develop products 
and services to address them.

— We also have a consistently 

profitable and complementary 
commercial vehicles business.

2   Highly attractive presence  

in online retail

— Structural growth market: in non-food 

retail, the penetration of online is 
expected to grow from its current level 
of 22% of total sales to 33% by 2022.

— We are leaders in this sector, 

providing e-fulfilment solutions, 
specialised returns management 
services through our Boomerang 
brand, which has been enhanced 
with the acquisitions of Servicecare 
and, after the financial year-end, 
RepairTech (see note 29 to the 
Group Financial Statements).
— Our Clicklink Click and Collect 
joint venture provides a service 
dedicated to the needs of retailers.

3  Attractive business model
— Value-added consultancy model 
with strategic level relationships.
— High level of long-term, open book/

minimum volume guarantee 
contracts in UK logistics.

— Highly visible profit and cashflows.
— High levels of cash conversion.
— Capital expenditure predominantly 

on behalf of major open book 
customers, with corresponding 
obligation to repay Clipper over 
the term of the contract.

— Complementary commercial 

vehicles business is consistently  
profitable and cash generative.

4  Clear growth strategy
— Organic growth in all sectors, 
but especially e-commerce 
related activities.
— European expansion.
— Extension of Boomerang through 

the addition of RepairTech.

— Introduction of Click and  
Collect through Clicklink.

— Continued research for value-
adding, earnings-accretive 
acquisition opportunities.

5  Strong financial profile
— Attractive working capital profile.
— Operating profit growth coupled 

with high cash conversion.
— Sustainable dividend policy  

at circa 60% of after-tax profits.

9

Logistics depots
Commercial vehicle sites

We operate from 44 locations  
comprising over 8.3 million 
square feet.

Non e-fulfilment logistics
This business activity includes receipt, 
warehousing, value-add processing, 
stock management, picking, packing 
and distribution of products on behalf 
of customers. Clipper does not take 
ownership of customers’ products at 
any stage.

Within this category, Clipper handles 
high value products, including tobacco, 
alcohol and designer clothing. Clipper 
also undertakes traditional retail support 
services including processing, storage 
and distribution of products, particularly 
fashion, to high-street retailers.

Central logistics overheads
Central logistics overheads are the 
costs of support services specific to the 
logistics services segment, but which 
are impractical to allocate between 
the sub-segment business activities.

Commercial vehicles
The commercial vehicles business, 
Northern Commercials, operates 
Iveco and Fiat commercial vehicle 
dealerships from six locations, together 
with three sub-dealerships. It sells new 
and used vehicles, provides servicing 
and repair facilities, and sells parts.

Vehicles sold and serviced range 
from small light commercial vans, 
through to articulated tractor units.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Chairman’s Statement
As Chairman of Clipper Logistics plc, 
I am pleased to present our 2017 
financial results following the 
third anniversary of our listing on 
the Main Market of the London 
Stock Exchange in June 2014.

Steve Parkin 
Executive Chairman

Our third year as a listed company  
has seen a continuation of our 
historical track record of achieving 
significant organic growth. Our focus 
on delivering cost-effective, innovative 
solutions to our blue-chip client base, 
predominantly in the retail sector, 
and our continued investment in quality 
people to implement sector-leading 
projects, mean that we are confident in 
our ability to continue this momentum.

The Group has achieved a strong 
financial performance for the year 
under review, and has seen significant 
new contracts commence with 
high profile retailers, including those 
with Halfords and Links of London. 
In addition, our commercial vehicles 
division continues to perform very well.

We have formalised our joint venture  
with John Lewis, for the provision of a 
dedicated Click and Collect service 
focused on addressing the specific 
requirements of retailers. The joint venture 
entity, Clicklink Logistics Limited, is owned 
on a 50/50 basis by John Lewis and 
Clipper, and during the year Clicklink 
has extended its service coverage to 
the entire Waitrose estate. We are 
extending the service to other retailers 
on a shared-user platform, and initial 
indications of uptake are encouraging.

Following the end of the financial 
year, we announced the acquisition of 
Tesam Distribution Limited (in May 2017), 
and the acquisition of RepairTech Limited 
(in June 2017). Both these acquisitions are 
expected to be immediately earnings-

enhancing, and demonstrate our ability 
to target acquisitions which extend the 
breadth of both our customer base 
and our service offering, and enhance 
returns to our shareholders. I would like 
to take this opportunity to welcome the 
colleagues and management teams 
of both businesses to the Group. 

Our goal remains the identification 
of key trends in the sectors we serve, 
and the development of new services, 
processes and solutions that address 
the challenges faced by our customers. 
Our unrivalled understanding of the 
dynamics of the whole retail sector, 
and in particular e-retail and multi 
and omni-channel retailing, provides 
the Group with exceptionally strong 
strategic positioning for the future.

10

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc We develop new services, 
processes and solutions 
that address the 
challenges faced  
by our customers. 

Group revenue

£340.1m
+17.2% 

Group EBIT*

£17.9m
+21.8%

*  Group EBIT is defined as operating profit, 
including the Group’s share of operating 
profit in equity-accounted investees, 
before amortisation of intangible assets 
arising on consolidation and any 
exceptional or non-recurring items.

We remain confident of our ability to 
evolve and develop, and to continue to 
deliver strong returns to our shareholders.

Group results
Group revenues increased by 17.2% to 
£340.1 million for the year to 30 April 
2017 (2016: £290.3 million) and Group 
EBIT increased by 21.8% to £17.9 million 
(2016: £14.7 million).

Diluted earnings per share were 
12.3 pence for the year to 30 April 2017 
(2016: 10.3 pence), an increase of 19.4%.

Basic earnings per share were 12.5 pence 
(2016: 10.3 pence), an increase of 20.5%.

Net debt was £25.1 million at the year 
end (2016: £18.8 million), in line with our 
expectations, after planned investment in 
capital projects to support new contracts 
(much of which involves a back-to-
back commitment from customers 
to reimburse this capital over the duration 
of their contract). Net debt is defined as 
borrowings, less cash, cash equivalents 
and non-current financial assets (see  
note 20 to the Financial Statements). 

People and Board
Clipper Logistics plc is led by an 
excellent management team that 
has been at the core of the business 
for many years.

The team has a well-established track 
record of identifying areas for innovation 
and value-added services within the 
sectors we serve, and for delivering on 
commitments to our customers.

I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank all the employees of the Group 
for their commitment and contribution 
to the Group’s performance.

Sean Fahey has decided to retire from 
the Group and stepped down as a 
director with effect from 28 April 2017. 
I would particularly like to thank Sean 
for his significant contribution to the 
growth of the Group over the last 
25 years. 

Governance 
The Group is proud of its commitment 
to high levels of corporate governance. 
Alongside the executive management 
team of Tony Mannix (CEO), David Hodkin 
(CFO) and me, the Company benefits 
from the combined experience of its  
Non-Executive Directors: Ron Series 
(appointed Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director in July 2017), 
Stephen Robertson and Mike Russell. 

Paul Hampden Smith was Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
during the year ended 30 April 2017, 
but stood down on 12 July 2017.

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final 
dividend of 4.8 pence per share, 
making a total dividend in respect 
of the year ended 30 April 2017 of 
7.2 pence per share (2016: 6.0 pence), 
an increase of 20.0%.

The proposed final dividend, if 
approved by shareholders, will 
be paid on 29 September 2017 to 
shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 8 September 2017.

Outlook
The Group continues to be one of the 
leading providers of value-added 
logistics and e-fulfilment solutions to 
the retail sector in the UK. The further 
development of our new Click and 
Collect proposition, together with 
recent contract wins and a strong  
new business pipeline, place the 
Group in an excellent position to 
achieve further growth, both in the 
UK and internationally. 

In addition, the acquisitions of Tesam 
Distribution Limited and RepairTech 
Limited after the end of the financial 
year are expected to be immediately 
earnings-enhancing in the year to 
30 April 2018.

I look forward to working with all  
of the Group’s stakeholders as we 
continue to develop the business.

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman

11

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our Markets
The Group serves markets in the 
UK – where 89% of Group revenue 
is generated – and in mainland 
Europe, primarily Germany.

D

2

C

B

Where we
generate our
revenue  

1

A

UK retail

62% of Group revenue is derived 
from activities in the UK retail 
market. Within this market, we 
operate across e-commerce and 
non e-commerce, in warehousing 
and transport and primarily in 
fashion and general merchandise.

Size and growth of market 
The UK retail market (excluding food 
and automotive fuel) was worth 
£196.4 billion in 2016, having grown 
from £187.7 billion in 2015, growth of 
4.6% (source: ONS). Within this, whilst 
traditional bricks and mortar retail stores 
still account for the majority of retail 
sales in the UK, internet sales are 
growing at a much faster rate. 

According to IMRG, the UK’s total 
e-commerce market (which includes 
food and travel) has grown from £0.8 
billion in 2000 to £114 billion in 2015 and 
£133 billion in 2016 (17% annual growth), 
with a further 14% growth forecast  
in 2017. The Group’s strength in 
e-commerce sees us well positioned to 
take advantage of this market growth.

1  Logistics 

73%

2  Commercial vehicles 27%

A  UK retail 
B  Other EU logistics 

85%
15%

C  UK sales 
D  UK aftersales 

65%
35%

UK retail market – size (£bn)

UK retail market – share (% share of retail)

200

190

180

170

160

150

171

185

188

196

100

80

60

40

20

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

Source: ONS

12

Source: ONS

Internet

Store

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Recent market trends
Over the past year, the UK retail market 
has seen various developments, each 
bringing its own logistical challenges 
to retailers. Those retailers who fail to 
adapt or who fail to adapt quickly 
can soon find themselves left behind. 

Consumer behaviour is continuing 
to drive many of the market trends:

— A continuation of the trend towards 
omni-channel with consumers often 
switching between online and 
in-store channels to purchase and 
return goods. To illustrate the scale of 
the challenge, 30% of multichannel 
women’s fashion purchases are 
currently returned (source: Clear 
Returns). Moreover, a recent KPMG 
survey observed that 34% of 
respondents who purchased online 
opted to return these goods in-store. 
These statistics highlights the need for 
retailers to ensure all of their reverse 
logistics channels:
i.  function seamlessly in order to 
protect customer experience.  
The Connected Consumer Report 
by MuleSoft concludes that 61% of 
consumers would change their 
retailer due to a disconnected 
shopping experience. Retailers are 
increasingly focusing on ensuring 
that returns management is 
handled effectively so that their 
brands are not damaged by 
customers using social media to 
comment unfavourably on their 
experience. As well as an efficient 
returns service, a free returns 
service is also vital. A free returns 
service was once regarded as a 
bonus by consumers but is now 
simply regarded as standard; and 

ii.  efficiently feed back into their 

primary Warehouse Management 
Systems. Improved efficiency 
reduces the amount of working 
capital tied up and protects 
against margin dilution, 
particularly when returned Black 

Friday stock can be back on sale 
at full price ready for the Christmas 
peak. Clear Returns estimated 
that a fifth of Black Friday 2016 
purchases would be returned, 
and that £978 million of retailers’ 
stock is tied up in the returns cycle 
every day during this period.
— Purchases made on a mobile device 
(tablets and smartphones) increased 
by 28.5% year-on-year in 2016. Within 
“mobile”, purchases made on a 
smartphone are up 79.1% whilst those 
made on a tablet are up 6.8%, with 
smartphones peaking at 54% share 
of mobile at the end of 2016, the 
highest ever share (sources: all IMRG). 
This increased mobility means 
consumers have total control over 
when in the day to complete a 
purchase and we have seen a 
change in online temporal buying 
patterns as a result; 8pm-9pm is now 
the most popular hour of the day for 
online purchases (source: KPMG, 
Retail Survey 2017). This means that 
even later picking and packing 
cut-off times are needed in the 
warehouse for retailers to be able 
to deliver against their customers’ 
expectation for next day delivery 
and collection. Consumers’ desire 
for next day is also increasing, with 
August 2016 seeing the “next day” 
delivery option exceeding the 
“economy” option for the first time 
(source: IMRG).

There have been several retailer-driven 
changes too, including:

— improved Click and Collect offerings. 
Of UK Click and Collect users, 43 per 
cent experienced a service issue 
in the year to April 2017, down from 
45 per cent in 2016 and 47 per cent 
in 2015 (source: YouGov poll). It is 
vital that retailers continue to make 
improvements in this area since Click 
and Collect drives footfall into store; 
in the same poll, 23% of users stated 
they had made an additional 

UK e-commerce market (£bn)

purchase in-store when picking up  
a Click and Collect order. Indeed, 
retailers have redesigned store 
layouts not only to tempt Click and 
Collect customers with in-store offers 
on their journey through the store, 
but by locating changing rooms by 
the Click and Collect collection 
points in an attempt to try to reduce 
the incidence (and therefore the 
cost) of returns;

— retailers introducing minimum order 
thresholds in order to mitigate the 
impact of the increasing logistical 
costs of an ever more complex 
omni-channel market. Indeed, 62% 
of CEOs plan to raise minimum order 
thresholds in 2017. Consumers have, 
in the main, responded favourably 
to this, with 75% of UK adults willing 
to exceed a minimum order 
value to qualify for free delivery 
(sources: all JDA/PwC); and

— retailers following the lead of the 
discounters in buying-in months 
in advance of the Black Friday 
promotional period and only 
discounting these specific bought-in 
lines, in order to protect against 
devaluing core brands. The logistical 
challenges facing the retail market 
are always at their greatest around 
peak and this recent change brings 
yet another complexity. 

External factors have also impacted  
the market, including:

— upward pressure on the costs 

of labour through a combination 
of factors: the introduction of 
the National Living Wage and, 
shortly before the year end, the 
Apprenticeship Levy and the 
squeeze on the availability of 
Eastern European workers due 
to Brexit uncertainties; and

— macro-economic factors, in part 

driven by Brexit and related currency 
impacts, driving up the cost of 
imports from the Far East and 
tightening margins. Conversely, 
weaker Pounds Sterling has also 
driven an increase in the number 
of UK e-commerce orders going 
overseas (source: IMRG).

160

120

80

40

0

CAGR of 13.5%

14% growth
forecast

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Source: IMRG

Trend

Market size

13

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our Markets continued

Developing market trends
In the immediate future, we expect 
to see the market continue along 
its evolutionary path. As a market 
leader in the provision of services to 
support retailers’ online and returns 
management challenges, the Group 
is strategically well-placed to capitalise 
on the double digit growth expected 
in this sector of the market.

We expect consumers to place even 
greater importance on the returns 
experience as a key part of their buying 
decision. Clipper’s Boomerang offering 
is a tried and tested returns offering 
which consistently exceeds consumers’ 
expectations: it takes, on average, 
six days for a UK consumer to receive 
reimbursement when returning via 
online methods; in the year ended  
30 April 2017, Clipper sanctioned the 
release of 99.3% of refunds within 24 
hours of receiving the stock into the 
warehouse. In addition to the positive 
customer goodwill this generates, an 
efficient returns process ensures stock 
is returned to a saleable state quickly, 
releasing cash tied up in working 
capital, and reduces the risk of stock 
obsolescence. Boomerang can easily 
be linked with Clicklink, Clipper’s Click 
and Collect joint venture with John 
Lewis, to create a full ‘360 degree’ 
supply chain and reverse supply 
chain process.

From the retailer’s point of view too, 
we believe there is further progress to 
be made in fully capitalising on reverse 
logistics opportunities and freeing up 
working capital. The reverse supply 
chain working capital cycle needs to 
be shortened, returned goods need to 
be reverted to prime condition quickly 
and readied for sale, and graded stock 
needs to be identified and liquidated 
quickly whilst ensuring the brand is not 
devalued. Clipper’s Boomerang, 
Servicecare, Genesis and Clicklink 
product offerings can work hand-in-
hand to maximise these benefits 
for retailers.

We expect to see continued investment 
in automated operations, not only in 
tracking and stock checking, but also 
in automated warehousing. The capital 
outlay required for such automation 
programmes can often appear to be 
beyond the reach of smaller retailers. 
Clipper designs shared-use, modular 
solutions for these smaller retailers at 
many of its facilities to make these 
cutting-edge capital projects much 
more accessible, whilst protecting the 
customer’s own brand.

Because of the fixed costs associated 
with setting up a UK-wide, next day Click 
and Collect network, smaller retailers 
have historically not been able to offer 
such a cost-effective solution to their 
customers. Clipper’s award-winning 
Clicklink service was conceived with 
John Lewis as a genuine multi-user Click 
and Collect platform, designed with the 
retailer front of mind at every stage of the 
process (e.g. timed delivery slots, “retail 
ready” cages, full track-and-traceability). 
We expect both small and large retailers 
to embrace Click and Collect in the 
coming years as consumers’ preference 
for this service continues to increase.  
As the Clicklink network operates seven 
days a week, it creates the opportunity 
for retailers to offer into store next-day 
delivery options for the consumer, 
thereby maximising sales.

Despite the certainty that ‘Brexit’ will 
happen, we have seen little evidence 
that retailers are ready. Research from 
Global-e suggests that 51% of retailers 
expect, not unreasonably in our 
opinion, that cross-border trading  
will become more complex when  
the UK leaves the EU. And despite this 
acceptance, by February 2017, 68% of 
British retailers had no Brexit plans in 
place. Clipper has a range of ancillary 
services which can assist retailers 
through this evolving process, including 
port deconsolidation services, pre-retail 
activities and customs warehousing.

Commercial vehicles

27% of Group revenues are derived from 
the UK commercial vehicles market. 

Clipper’s commercial vehicles business 
sells and maintains Iveco and Fiat 
vehicles, principally in certain 
geographical territories in the UK under 
the terms of its dealership licences.

Clipper derives the majority of its 
commercial vehicles revenues from  
new and used vehicle sales. 

Whilst market size figures are not readily 
available for the specific geographical 
markets in which we operate, UK-wide 
new registration figures are readily 
available, and these provide a useful 
indicator of market growth and 
contraction. The market sectors in 
which the commercial vehicles division 
operates experienced registrations 
growth of 1.5% in the calendar year 
2016 compared to the prior year, 
as shown in Table 1.

Since all tractor units sold by Northern 
Commercials come with a two year 
repair and maintenance contract as 
standard, new vehicle registrations 
also provide a degree of certainty 
over future aftersales revenue.

In terms of other aftersales activity, 
again market data is not readily 
available. However, Table 2 shows how 
the number of commercial vehicles on 
UK roads has changed over the most 
recent two calendar years. Since most 
commercial vehicles on UK roads are 
required to be inspected every six 
weeks under UK law, commercial 
vehicle activity on the roads provides  
a useful proxy for the relative size of  
the aftersales market in the UK.

14

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc 2015

2016

% change

371,830

375,687

22,976

20,922

26,882

19,346

415,728

421,915

+1.0%

+17.0%

-7.5%

+1.5%

2015

2016

% change

3,842,120

4,007,331

569,682

581,645

4,411,802

4,588,976

+4.3%

+2.1%

+4.0%

Table 1

New commercial vehicle registrations

Light commercial vehicles up to 3.5t

Rigid

Articulated

Source: SMMT

Table 2

Commercial vehicles on UK roads

Vans

Trucks

Source: SMMT

Other markets

Other EU logistics
We have operated in the logistics 
industry for a number of years in 
Germany and we have recently 
expanded into Poland. Both businesses 
primarily serve the German market with 
only limited export activities. Our 
businesses primarily serve the fashion 
retail market, although we also provide 
transport and warehousing services for 
customers in various other markets. Our 
recent strategic business development 
activity has been focused in the 
e-commerce retail market for a number 
of reasons: alignment with the UK 
business; cross-border leveraging of 
customers; and to capitalise on the 
higher growth areas of the German 
market. The German retail e-commerce 
market is some years behind the UK 
in terms of size, but we expect the 
e-commerce trends to largely replicate 
those of the UK. In Germany, online 
accounted for an overall share of trade 
of 14.0% in 2016, up from 12.0% in 2015 
and 10.0% in 2014 (source: Twenga). 

Clipper’s infrastructure is well placed  
to capitalise on this market growth.

It is important to recognise the cultural 
differences between the geographical 
markets in which we operate. For 
example, there are differences in 
consumer preference between the 
UK retail and German retail market. 
A recent Metapack survey reveals 
two such differences: 

— Click and Collect is popular with 

68% of customers in the UK, but with 
only 32% of customers in Germany. 

— German consumers also utilise 

delivery-to-locker services. This is 
popular with 31% of German 
consumers; the popularity of this 
service in the UK is only 10%.

Differences such as these present 
logistical challenges to retailers and 
highlight that it is important that 
solutions providers such as Clipper do 
not adopt a “one size fits all” mentality, 
but instead design solutions which 
address the specific needs of the 
retailer, the consumer and the market.

15

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
Our Business Model
Clipper delivers a broad range of value-add 
logistics services tailored to the emerging 
and future needs of our customers.

Key inputs

How we create value

Clipper provides customers with 
e-commerce fulfilment (including returns) 
and non e-commerce fulfilment logistics 
services. We operate open book 
contract terms for 67% of our customers, 
giving us a high level of contractual 
certainty. We also operate closed book 
contracts for customers, many of whom 
we have worked with for several years.

In order to ensure retention of customer 
contracts, we continually draw on our 
team’s expertise to drive innovation in our 
operations. This enables us to retain our 
market-leading cost competitive position 
and continue to strengthen our brand.

Clipper has developed specialist 
services (e.g. pre-retailing services and 
reprocessing of garments) to support 
our customers in their ever-complex 
supply chains and to ensure that 
product is ready for sale in the most 
efficient and cost-effective manner.

As the challenges of the retail 
landscape change to become more 
omni-channel focused, developing 
innovative solutions like Clicklink and 
Boomerang to support our customers 
has led to Clipper retaining customers 
on a long-term basis as well as winning 
new business every year.

The Clipper Way...

…is how we approach all customer briefs. It translates instinct into action and 
brings clarity and consistency to the way we work. It’s a straightforward, insightful 
and effective approach, and our people are recognised and rewarded for their 
ability to apply and demonstrate “The Clipper Way” in every area of our operation.

1 
Opportunity
How can  
we help?

2 
Exploration
We analyse and 
identify your business 
challenges

3 
Solution planning
We design a high  
quality, cost-effective 
solution for your  
needs

4 
Implementation
We create and 
implement a bespoke 
logistics solution

Clipper has a strong brand, long-
standing customer relationships and 
an experienced team, which combine 
to deliver thought leadership and 
innovation in the logistics sector.

Clipper’s focus on the provision of 
value-add services to retailers at a 
competitive cost has resulted in a 
number of long-standing contractual 
arrangements with major retailers 
such as Asda, ASOS, John Lewis, 
Morrisons and SuperGroup.

We work in trusted partnership with 
our customers to develop and rapidly 
deploy solutions to the challenges 
they face. Our team is focused 
on addressing tomorrow’s challenges 
today and we have strengthened  
the team during the year to include 
expertise in warehouse automation.

We seek to efficiently use funds 
obtained through financing or 
generated from operations or 
investments. A high degree of 
contractual certainty underpins 
financial predictability and stability.

16

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc  
What makes us different
Clipper is not a generalist 3PL; we are 
a retail solutions provider and we are 
a thought leader in the retail space.

Clipper understands the need for 
agility and can support customers 
in implementing rapid change and 
start-up operations. Unlike many of 
our competitors, our customer portfolio 
comprises both large omni-channel 
operations as well as shared user sites 
with smaller retailers. We pride ourselves 
on being able to operate across the 
entire retail sector, bringing world 
class solutions to large and small 
retailers alike.

In addition, our commercial vehicles 
division is robustly profitable and cash 
generative – its profitability driven by 
higher margin aftersales activity, 
which is underpinned by legal 
requirements governing the inspection 
of commercial vehicles.

Whilst Northern Commercials is not 
heavily dependent on the logistics 
division of the Group, it provides 
Clipper with flexibility over fleet 
procurement, and margins on 
servicing activity are retained 
within the Group.

Improve
– Business performance 
improvement and 
implementation
– Win/win analysis

Revise
– Identify actions
– Process improvements
– Reporting and analysis

Review
– Daily/Monthly/ 
Annually

We do not believe that ‘one size fits all’. 
Clipper retains its entrepreneurial flair 
and we work with customers to find 
innovative and fit-for-purpose solutions 
that help them stay one step ahead of 
the market, as illustrated by our joint 
venture with John Lewis. Our people, 
our breadth of experience in retail and 
our approach to innovation means 
that we are a new breed of logistics 
company, bringing true differentiation 
to our customers.

How the value is shared

Shareholders 
High growth market sectors, an 
attractive business model and a 
clear growth strategy combine to 
give operating profit growth and 
good cash conversion, resulting in 
dividend distributions of circa 60%.

Employees 
Over 3,900 employees have access 
to attractive career progression in 
a market-leading logistics business. 
The Sharesave scheme enables 
employees to share in the financial 
success of the business. 

Customers 
Blue-chip customers in logistics and 
commercial vehicles can rely on 
Clipper’s established reputation 
and high levels of service, particularly 
when they need it most through peak 
trading periods.

Suppliers 
Clipper benefits from its relationships, 
built over many years, with large and 
small trusted partners and suppliers. 
Clipper’s diverse supply base de-risks 
Clipper and its customers from 
fluctuations in market conditions. 

Communities 
Clipper’s Corporate Social 
Responsibility agenda benefits local 
communities by providing employment, 
opportunities, reinvesting in the local 
communities through sponsorship and 
developing green initiatives. 

Our business model 
in action: ASOS Bridal

What we did
When ASOS launched their bridal 
range in 2016, they needed a 
robust returns solution. Having 
selected us to be their logistics 
provider, we began working 
together to design a bespoke 
solution, perfectly tailored to the 
demands of handling delicate, 
high value products.

The results
Through this returns initiative, 
Clipper and ASOS have salvaged 
an average of 68.9% of ‘faulty’ 
bridal wear returns over a 
six-month period (to the end 
of March 2017).

The fast turnaround of products 
at the Clipper Selby site means 
that returned products can 
be quickly processed, repaired 
if necessary, returned to the 
supply inventory and resold.

68.9%

Faulty bridalwear salvaged.

17

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our Strategy
In order to generate and preserve long-term 
value for shareholders, Clipper has developed 
the four key growth strategies detailed below.

Build on market-leading 
customer proposition to 
expand the customer base

Develop new, complementary 
products and services

Continue European  

expansion

Explore acquisition  

opportunities

How will this be achieved?
Through a continued focus on the provision of bespoke, 
retail-specific logistics solutions, including retail store 
support and high value product logistics, but with 
particular focus on the e-fulfilment & returns 
management segment of the retail market.

By utilising Clipper’s best-in-class offering and extensive 
implementation expertise to capitalise on the long-term 
structural growth drivers within the online retail market 
and the increasing logistical complexities therein.

By taking advantage of growth opportunities in the retail 
logistics sector, where there is the opportunity to provide 
innovative solutions to customers that are also profitable 
for the Group.

Performance 
The full-year benefit was realised from contracts that 
went live during the previous year with Browns, M&Co, 
Pep&Co and Ireland’s largest retailer.

New contracts went live in the year with John Lewis 
(pre-retail and returns), Kidly, Flyers, Links of London, Inditex. 
Secret Sales, Halfords and Pretty Green. New contracts 
have been secured which will commence in the year to 
30 April 2018, including increased services for Halfords.

 Further details of the above contract wins can be found  
in the Operating and Financial Review on pages 30 to 35.

What’s next?
Clipper has an extensive potential customer pipeline, 
and will continue to work with these prospects to secure 
further new contract wins.

The successful integration of Servicecare and RepairTech 
will continue to enable the Group to further enhance its 
customer proposition and expand the customer base.

How will this be achieved?
By continuing to invest in new product and service offerings 
which will be value-enhancing to Clipper’s existing and 
future customer base.

Performance 
Clipper’s returns management services brand Boomerang 
saw another successful year with approximately 89% of 
product successfully returned to prime stock at first pass. 

Clipper has been developing its Click and Collect offering 
in collaboration with John Lewis, as well as setting up an 
Ancillary Distribution Centre for John Lewis to provide a wider 
range of services. The full impact of the Ancillary Distribution 
Centre project is not anticipated to be realised until the year 
ending 30 April 2018.

Clipper has commenced work on mechanisation and semi-
automation projects to further enhance our service offering. 
The full benefit of these will be seen in the coming years.

 Further details of the above projects can be found in  
the Operating and Financial Review on pages 30 to 35.

What’s next?
Clipper will focus on the successful implementation of its 
mechanisation/semi-automation and Click and Collect 
projects, and on expanding these services to a wider 
customer base (both existing and new customers).

Clipper will continue to innovate and develop solutions 
for the problems that retailers face in the ever-changing 
retail environment.

18

How will this be achieved?

How will this be achieved?

Through development of Clipper’s operations in 

By considering further acquisitions which are considered 

Germany, which consist primarily of retail logistics 

value-enhancing to the Group’s client base, market 

and transport solutions.

By utilising its existing expertise in e-fulfilment in the more 

developed UK online retail market, to assist both mainland 

European retailers to move online, and UK retailers to expand 

penetration and/or service lines and where the Group 

can use its existing expertise, implementation and 

delivery platform, scale and reach to generate synergies 

and increase profitability.

into Europe – the latter further underpinned by Clipper’s strong 

By considering bolt-on acquisitions which provide a 

customer relationships and reputation with UK retailers (both 

platform for it to take its core technical expertise into  

pure-play e-tailers and multichannel high street retailers).

new, adjacent markets.

Through considering other European locations for potential 

Performance 

We have focused on consolidating the activities of the prior 

of our strong business pipeline. 

Whilst no acquisitions were undertaken during the year, 

the Group acquired Tesam Distribution Limited in May 2017 

and RepairTech Limited in June 2017. These acquisitions 

coupled with our planned investment in additional 

capacity will provide further headroom for the delivery 

What’s next

Clipper will continue to explore acquisition opportunities 

that enhance shareholder value.

opportunities.

Performance 

The Group continued to benefit from operations in Europe 

under the Boomerang brand.

year to create a sound platform for the future. We have 

appointed a new Managing Director for our mainland 

European operations in the year. We have commenced  

two new significant customer operations from Kempen, 

Germany, and Poznan, Poland.

 Further details of the above contract wins can be found  

in the Operating and Financial Review on pages 30 to 35.

What’s next?

In the medium term, Clipper will continue to seek opportunities 

with new and existing customers to provide services in 

Germany, Poland and Ireland, and will consider other strategic 

mainland European locations for potential expansion.

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Build on market-leading 

customer proposition to 

expand the customer base

Develop new, complementary 

products and services

Continue European  
expansion

Explore acquisition  
opportunities

How will this be achieved?

How will this be achieved?

Through a continued focus on the provision of bespoke, 

By continuing to invest in new product and service offerings 

retail-specific logistics solutions, including retail store 

which will be value-enhancing to Clipper’s existing and 

support and high value product logistics, but with 

future customer base.

particular focus on the e-fulfilment & returns 

management segment of the retail market.

Performance 

Clipper’s returns management services brand Boomerang 

By utilising Clipper’s best-in-class offering and extensive 

saw another successful year with approximately 89% of 

implementation expertise to capitalise on the long-term 

product successfully returned to prime stock at first pass. 

structural growth drivers within the online retail market 

and the increasing logistical complexities therein.

Clipper has been developing its Click and Collect offering 

in collaboration with John Lewis, as well as setting up an 

By taking advantage of growth opportunities in the retail 

Ancillary Distribution Centre for John Lewis to provide a wider 

logistics sector, where there is the opportunity to provide 

range of services. The full impact of the Ancillary Distribution 

innovative solutions to customers that are also profitable 

Centre project is not anticipated to be realised until the year 

for the Group.

Performance 

ending 30 April 2018.

Clipper has commenced work on mechanisation and semi-

The full-year benefit was realised from contracts that 

automation projects to further enhance our service offering. 

went live during the previous year with Browns, M&Co, 

The full benefit of these will be seen in the coming years.

Pep&Co and Ireland’s largest retailer.

New contracts went live in the year with John Lewis 

(pre-retail and returns), Kidly, Flyers, Links of London, Inditex. 

Secret Sales, Halfords and Pretty Green. New contracts 

have been secured which will commence in the year to 

30 April 2018, including increased services for Halfords.

 Further details of the above contract wins can be found  

in the Operating and Financial Review on pages 30 to 35.

 Further details of the above projects can be found in  

the Operating and Financial Review on pages 30 to 35.

What’s next?

Clipper will focus on the successful implementation of its 

mechanisation/semi-automation and Click and Collect 

projects, and on expanding these services to a wider 

customer base (both existing and new customers).

Clipper will continue to innovate and develop solutions 

for the problems that retailers face in the ever-changing 

What’s next?

Clipper has an extensive potential customer pipeline, 

retail environment.

and will continue to work with these prospects to secure 

further new contract wins.

The successful integration of Servicecare and RepairTech 

will continue to enable the Group to further enhance its 

customer proposition and expand the customer base.

How will this be achieved?
By considering further acquisitions which are considered 
value-enhancing to the Group’s client base, market 
penetration and/or service lines and where the Group 
can use its existing expertise, implementation and 
delivery platform, scale and reach to generate synergies 
and increase profitability.

By considering bolt-on acquisitions which provide a 
platform for it to take its core technical expertise into  
new, adjacent markets.

Performance 
Whilst no acquisitions were undertaken during the year, 
the Group acquired Tesam Distribution Limited in May 2017 
and RepairTech Limited in June 2017. These acquisitions 
coupled with our planned investment in additional 
capacity will provide further headroom for the delivery 
of our strong business pipeline. 

What’s next
Clipper will continue to explore acquisition opportunities 
that enhance shareholder value.

How will this be achieved?
Through development of Clipper’s operations in 
Germany, which consist primarily of retail logistics 
and transport solutions.

By utilising its existing expertise in e-fulfilment in the more 
developed UK online retail market, to assist both mainland 
European retailers to move online, and UK retailers to expand 
into Europe – the latter further underpinned by Clipper’s strong 
customer relationships and reputation with UK retailers (both 
pure-play e-tailers and multichannel high street retailers).

Through considering other European locations for potential 
opportunities.

Performance 
The Group continued to benefit from operations in Europe 
under the Boomerang brand.

We have focused on consolidating the activities of the prior 
year to create a sound platform for the future. We have 
appointed a new Managing Director for our mainland 
European operations in the year. We have commenced  
two new significant customer operations from Kempen, 
Germany, and Poznan, Poland.

 Further details of the above contract wins can be found  
in the Operating and Financial Review on pages 30 to 35.

What’s next?
In the medium term, Clipper will continue to seek opportunities 
with new and existing customers to provide services in 
Germany, Poland and Ireland, and will consider other strategic 
mainland European locations for potential expansion.

19

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Risk Management
The Group has a formal risk identification 
and management process. This ensures that risks 
are properly identified, prioritised, evaluated and 
mitigated, in order that the Group can achieve its 
strategic objectives and enjoy long-term success.

Risk management process
The Board is ultimately responsible for 
managing risk across the Group. The 
Board delegates responsibility for 
the regular review of the Group’s risk 
management system to the Audit 
Committee and Senior Management 
Team (“SMT”). Risks are formally 
reviewed regularly and risk registers 
are updated throughout the year. 
The SMT has carried out a robust and 
detailed assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group.

Principal risks are identified through an 
evaluation of likelihood of occurrence 
and potential impact. The SMT reviews 
specific strategic, operational, financial 
and compliance risks in regular SMT 
meetings, contract and project reviews 
and other key executive management 
meetings to enable the SMT and the 
Board to ensure that the Group’s 
systems are properly aligned with 
strategic objectives.

The Group adopts the following process

1

2

Identify risk 
Identify key risks by category 
(including changes since 
the last review)

Rate risk 
Rate each risk  
(by evaluating and assigning 
a score to each risk)

5

Review, monitor 
and report risk 
management process 
Review and monitor risk 
management process, 
and report to Board 
and Audit Committee

3

Identify risk mitigation 
Identify mitigating actions 
required for each risk

4

Execute risk mitigation 
Execute agreed  
risk mitigation and  
process improvements

20

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Principal Risks and Uncertainties

The Group has identified the following key risks through its risk management process:

Strategic
Risk

Mitigation

Reputation
Clipper’s potential to win new business is influenced 
by its reputation for successfully implementing 
major customer projects. Reputational damage 
from failed or delayed project implementations 
may have an adverse impact on Clipper’s ability  
to win new business, and thus limit the Group’s 
long-term growth and success.

Clipper has developed effective project management and 
governance techniques and works closely with customers, using highly 
trained and experienced staff, to ensure successful project delivery.

All projects are reviewed and evaluated on a weekly basis by the 
relevant SMT members.

Independent brand health reviews are undertaken regularly to 
monitor customer perception of, and satisfaction with, Clipper.

People
Failure to develop and retain key staff may 
prevent the Group from delivering its objectives. 

The Group offers comprehensive training and experiential learning 
which includes development, customer relationship and leadership 
training. The Group keeps in close contact with employees via flat 
structures and effective employee engagement.

The Group ensures that it has competitive terms and conditions  
with reward schemes which drive and reward performance and  
can respond flexibly to the needs of employees. Exit interviews are 
conducted to ensure that learnings from key staff departures can  
be incorporated into the future retention strategy.

Operational
Risk

Mitigation

Loss of operational delivery
The Group may not operate / be able to  
operate efficiently, thereby harming the  
Group’s relationships with customers. Such a 
situation could result, for example, from a loss  
of focus during periods of major project activity 
or due to the loss of operator licences which  
are required to run our transport operations.

Dedicated start-up and project teams are used in order to minimise 
disruption to the operation during periods of major project activity. 
Contractual KPIs are reviewed regularly to ensure operational 
effectiveness at all times.

We ensure compliance with operator licence requirements through our 
standard operating procedures and driver policies. These include: periodic 
driver CPC (certificate of professional competence) training, tachometer 
audits, random drug testing and regular internal transport audits.

Health and safety
Our activities are conducted in a variety of 
operating environments. A failure to monitor or 
manage health and safety risks appropriately 
can not only lead to an unsafe working 
environment for our people and others who 
interact with us, but may cause significant 
reputational damage and legal liabilities.

Employees
We rely heavily on agency labour, particularly  
in peak activity periods. Uncertainties around  
the free movement of labour ahead of Britain’s 
exit from the European Union could severely 
compromise the provision of resource available  
to UK logistics. Additionally, competition for labour 
in the vicinity of our depots can increase the 
demands on the local labour pool, reducing the 
availability of labour and pushing up the cost.

Failure to maintain and enhance  
customer relationships
Failure to maintain and enhance customer 
relationships or more attractive propositions from 
our competitors may lead to the non-renewal of 
contracts, and/or may prevent the Group from 
winning new work with existing customers.

The Group has a dedicated team of health and safety professionals 
who maintain, audit and review detailed health and safety procedures 
and processes. The team advises the Board and SMT. It also provides 
leadership and training to encourage a culture which values the early 
identification of situations that could lead to accidents.

Clipper and its customers are investing in automation to reduce 
reliance on manual labour. In order to maximise the labour pool, 
Clipper encourages local links with schools, colleges and 
communities, has family friendly policies and is supporting  
industry-led initiatives to encourage wider interest in logistics.

Clipper constantly benchmarks wages and benefits against other 
employers in the local area to ensure remuneration packages remain 
competitive. Wherever practical, we try to open new sites in areas of 
lower employment.

Any exposure to increased costs is largely mitigated by open book 
contract mechanisms.

The Group holds formal monthly reviews with key customers as well  
as maintaining frequent close informal contact with customers and 
potential customers. This enables corrective action to be taken quickly 
in response to customer feedback and ensures that we remain in 
touch with what our competitors are doing. In addition, regular brand 
health reviews are carried out which give customers the opportunity 
to comment anonymously on any aspect of the customer/company 
relationship and service delivery, and how we compare to our 
competitors. The Group can then take corrective action, if required.

Members of the SMT attend and speak at industry events and 
contribute to various industry publications to ensure we continue  
to be perceived as a thought leader to the retail market.

21

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Operational continued
Risk

Mitigation

Loss of an operational site through disaster
Loss of an operational site as a result of fire, flood 
or other disaster would have the potential to 
seriously disrupt operations. 

Regular safety audits and inspections and remedial action seek to 
limit this risk.

In the event of a serious incident, each site has a business continuity 
plan which would come into immediate operation.

Failure of IT system or infrastructure
Any significant failure, inefficiencies or breakdown 
of our IT systems or infrastructure would seriously 
impair our ability to deliver operationally and 
would put contract renewals at risk. 

Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are kept under review 
at all locations and our IT infrastructure is subject to ongoing review 
with regular testing of systems. The Group maintains an extensive IT 
team, supported, where appropriate, by external expertise. Particular 
focus is given to recovery processes and procedures, infrastructure 
resilience, innovation and security.

Legal, financial and compliance
Risk

Mitigation

Legal and regulatory
The Group operates in an increasingly regulated 
market. As the Group continues its expansion 
(particularly in Europe) exposure to regulatory 
and legal risk will increase.

Government policy
The introduction of the National Living Wage 
(“NLW”) and the Apprenticeship Levy (“AL”) in 
the UK have increased the costs of labour in the 
logistics industry. Failure to recover these cost 
increases could adversely affect the profitability 
of the Group.

Financial liquidity
Inadequate cash resources could leave the 
Group unable to fund its growth plans, thus 
affecting future financial performance.

The Group employs internal and external experts where appropriate, 
supported by its Group General Counsel, to set policy and monitor 
its application. 

Data control is a major area of client and regulatory focus. The 
Group’s IT management systems and processes are designed to 
ensure controls over system access and data flow movements are 
carefully monitored. The Group undertakes appropriate staff training 
to ensure legal compliance. Operational sites are audited on a 
frequent, cyclical basis to test for instances of non-compliance. System 
penetration testing is undertaken by the Group to check the resilience 
of its IT systems.

External specialist advice is sought to ensure technical compliance 
with financial, taxation, listing and other technical legislation.

Individuals responsible for compliance are identified and are 
specifically recruited with recognised qualifications. 

The Group’s greatest exposure to the UK NLW is in UK Logistics where 
we attract a higher proportion of workers at or near the current NLW 
level. All of our UK operations are affected by the AL. 

In UK logistics, 67% of activity (by revenue) is on an open book basis, 
meaning such upward cost pricing pressures are passed straight through 
to the customer. Many of our closed book and minimum volume 
guarantee customer contracts include price escalators for regulatory 
changes and so these costs can also be passed onto customers.

In addition to the cost mitigations mentioned above, in order to 
address the requirements of the AL we commissioned an internal focus 
group. Whilst ensuring we complied with AL requirements in April 2017, 
this focus group has also identified several potential operational and 
financial upsides of AL for the Group.

The Group continually assesses its funding requirements in the context 
of its existing operations and growth plans. In the year ended 30 April 
2016, the Group entered into modified facilities with its bank to ensure 
that expected future growth plans can be funded within these 
increased facilities.

The Group will continue to undertake reviews of funding requirements 
as its growth plans evolve.

22

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Legal, financial and compliance continued
Mitigation
Risk

Insurance risk
There may be certain insurable risks for which 
Clipper is not insured or is underinsured, whether 
arising from unforeseen gaps in insurance 
coverage or from conscious decisions to 
self-insure. Under-insurance could leave the 
Group with significant financial exposure.

A detailed review of insurance coverage and gaps is undertaken at least 
once annually with expert guidance provided by our insurance broker. 
Members of the SMT responsible for insurance remain in regular contact 
with the insurance broker and regularly attend insurance training 
courses and seminars. Known gaps in insurance coverage are regularly 
presented and discussed at subsidiary board and Group Board levels, 
and additional insurance cover is purchased where appropriate.

Employment liabilities
Significant employment liabilities may be 
inherited on acquisition of new businesses or 
from poorly-executed Transfer of Undertakings 
(Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 
(“TUPE”) processes.

All senior human resources staff are recruited with relevant experience 
and receive an appropriate level of training on TUPE matters. Each 
TUPE project is given an internal project lead and project updates 
are regularly provided to the SMT. External legal advice is sought 
and expert interims are resourced where necessary.

Our acquisition due diligence always includes an element of human 
resources due diligence, whether conducted by external advisors or 
by internal staff with an appropriate level of expertise. Acquisition 
agreements include seller indemnities for such liabilities. 

Fraud risk
Major fraud, including the risks posed from 
organised crime, may result in significant 
financial loss.

Our accounting procedures manual includes several layers of 
checking and control for new customers and suppliers and 
changes to suppliers’ bank details, including combinations 
of oral and written confirmations from known contacts. 

Formal whistleblowing and anti-bribery policies are in place.

Viability Statement

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of 
the 2014 revision of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”), 
the Directors have assessed the 
prospect of the Company and the 
Group over a longer period than the 
12 months required by the ‘Going 
Concern’ principle.

Whilst the Board has no reason to 
believe the Group will not be viable 
over a longer period, the period  
over which the Board considers it 
appropriate to form a reasonable 
expectation as to the Group’s longer 
term viability is the three-year period 
to 30 April 2020. This period reflects 
the period used for the Group’s 
business plans and the typical length 
of a customer contract, and has 
been selected because it gives 
management and the Board 
sufficient, realistic visibility on the 
future in the context of the industry 

and market environment. The Board 
has considered whether it is aware of 
any specific relevant factors beyond 
the three year horizon and confirmed 
that there are none.

The Board’s assessment has been  
made with reference to the resilience 
of the Group and its historical ability 
to deliver strong operational cash 
flows, the Group’s robust balance 
sheet, the Group’s current strategy, 
the Board’s attitude to risk, and the 
principal risks documented in the 
Strategic Report. The starting point for 
the Board’s review was the annual 
strategic planning process, which 
results in business plans for the next 
three financial years. These plans 
are subjected to risk and sensitivity 
analysis. The assessment considers 
the potential impacts these risks 
would have under severe but 
plausible scenarios on the Group’s 

business model, the Group’s solvency 
and liquidity, compliance with 
covenants, likely availability to 
the business of future bank facilities 
and other key financial ratios. The 
Board considers that the Group’s 
broad spread of customers across 
independent market sectors, the 
majority of which are underpinned  
by long-term agreements with 
minimum volume guarantees or  
open book terms, acts significantly  
to mitigate the impact any of these 
risks might have on the Group.

Based on this assessment, the 
Directors confirm that they have a 
reasonable expectation that the 
Company and the Group will be 
able to continue in operation and 
meet all their liabilities as they fall 
due up to 30 April 2020.

23

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our People
The Group recognises that the 
execution of its strategy is dependent 
on the commitment and dedication 
of its colleagues. The strategic 
development of our people is 
paramount to our long-term success.

Number of employees >3,900
44

Number of locations

Clipper directly employs over 
3,900 people across Europe. 
We have comprehensive HR 
policies in place to protect  
and promote employee welfare 
and we are committed to 
supporting all human rights 
in our business operations as 
well as in our relationships 
with our customers, suppliers 
and other stakeholders.

24

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Our approach 
We recruit individuals with the talents 
and results-driven attitude to meet  
the high standards of performance 
which our customers expect. Robust 
recruitment and on-boarding processes 
ensure that we select the best 
candidates to join our teams, whilst 
upholding our principles of respect  
for all people, equal opportunities  
and dignity at work.

Employee engagement
To encourage employees to give us 
their best we strive to provide a 
competitive level of pay and other 
benefits relative to job and skill level, 
including the provision of retail discount 
schemes, company contribution to a 
pension scheme and life/accident 
cover. All employees with six months or 
more service are invited to participate 
in each iteration of the Sharesave Plan 
(see page 92).

We encourage alignment with Group 
goals via open communication and 
performance management processes. 
We have an annual conference for 
our senior staff, site employee forums, 
health and safety committees, team 
briefs, our Company newsletter ‘Evolve’ 
and highly visible notice boards.

We recognise employee achievements 
and loyalty, both informally and 
through schemes such as Employee of 
the Month and Long Service Awards. 

We encourage team working by 
involving employees in work-based 
project teams, open days and inter-site 
competitions, as well as organised 
themed events on special occasions.

Clipper engagement survey 2017 
In 2017, Clipper carried out a Group-
wide employee engagement survey. 
The survey was designed to measure 
five key drivers:

— Engagement.
— Commitment. 
— Employer advocacy.
— Product advocacy.
— Motivation.

We achieved an impressive participation 
rate of 95%. Valuable feedback was 
gathered and a benchmark set  
to inform future talent management. 

74% of colleagues said that they would 
speak highly of Clipper as a place of 
work, and 94% understood how their 
work contributes to the success of 
the Company.

Following the results of the engagement 
survey a number of Group-wide 
strategic actions have been agreed:

— Design and deliver a fully-operational 

Intranet facility to enhance the 
Company’s communications. 

— Design and implement a 
communications strategy.

— Build a leadership and management 

competency framework.
— Undertake a full re-design of 

management and leadership 
development training, developing 
a comprehensive suite of learning 
programmes that significantly 
enhance management and 
leadership capability.

— Re-design and launch the  

Group-wide induction programme.

We also surveyed employee satisfaction 
and perception surrounding the 
following areas:

— Design a suite of employee  
wellness/lifestyle initiatives  
(i.e. Better Health At Work).

— Working life.
— Feeling valued.
— Training and development.
— Communication.
— Management capability 

and performance. 

— Company aims and objectives.
— Efficiency and customer service.

At site level, action plans will be  
agreed to enable local HR and  
people strategies to be developed  
and implemented.

People development
At every level, we provide excellent 
opportunities for our employees.  
We provide unemployed people in 
local communities with the opportunity 
for training, qualifications and jobs via  
our Clipper Academy programmes. 
Existing employees develop via  
driver CPC qualifications, NVQs, 
apprenticeships and potential team 
leader development programmes.

Our staff can then apply to join our 
Corporate First Line and Middle 
Management Levels 2 and 3 ASPIRE 
Programmes. Interest in the programme 
continues to increase as we open new 
sites, employ new staff and promote 
existing staff, and is recognised as an 
excellent development tool improving 
skill levels and creating a robust 
succession pool. We also support 
relevant professional qualifications 
across a range of disciplines e.g. 
operations (CILT), finance (ACCA/
CIMA/ICAEW/ICAS), HR (CIPD), and 
health and safety (IOSH/NEBOSH).

Development at senior level is 
supported by a senior leadership 
development programme. 

The Group has continued its investment 
in additional project delivery and 
senior management resource in order 
to deliver significant organic growth 
into the future.

25

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our People continued

Schools and universities
To encourage a greater number and 
higher calibre of students to enter the 
logistics sector, we have partnered with 
a number of universities and colleges.

As a founding member of the Novus 
Trust, we continue to support this 
initiative aimed at encouraging 
students to enter the logistics sector.  
We have attended graduate 
recruitment fairs, participated in 
assessment centres, provided industry 
mentors, offered students structured 
holiday jobs, and under this scheme 
we re-launched our graduate 
development programme.

Driver Simulator Training
In 2017, Clipper invested in a fixed 
simulator and classroom located at  
our Northampton site, two mobile 
simulators and a “pop up” classroom  
in order to train and develop the skills  
of our delivery drivers.

The advanced simulators teach Clipper 
drivers how to deal with a range of 
situations which could not safely be 
replicated on roads, including tyre 
blowouts, mechanical issues or adverse 
weather conditions. We have the ability 
to create our own scenarios, meaning 
that our team can be prepared for a 
range of circumstances, and every 
driver will receive annual CPC training 
using the equipment.

Our investment in this state-of-the-art 
training technology highlights our 
dedication to providing an effective 
service for our clients, as well as 
maintaining the safety and improving 
the skillset of our employees.

Equal opportunities
The Group is committed to the fair and 
equal treatment of everyone who works 
with and for us. Supported by training, 
policies and our five point code of 
behaviour we aim to ensure that no 
employee or worker is discriminated 
against, directly or indirectly, on the 
grounds of colour, race, ethnic and 
national origins, sexual orientation or 
gender, marital status, disability, religion 
or belief, or on the grounds of age. 
These principles are included in our staff 
handbook, induction training and 
management programmes (including 
ASPIRE) and their impact is reflected in 
our truly diverse workforce. We have 
comprehensive family friendly policies 
which embrace the challenges of 
modern-day living and support work/
life balance. We are happy to consider 
requests for flexible working and, 
wherever possible, will agree shift 
patterns which facilitate a balance 
between work and family life.

Clipper is a member of the Business 
Disability Forum.

26

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Gender breakdown as at 30 April 2017

Board gender diversity

1

Total
7

1  Male (7) 

100%

Other senior management* 
gender diversity

2

1

Total
10

1  Male (9) 
2  Female (1) 

90%
10%

* 

 As defined by the Companies Act, this category 
includes all employees responsible for planning, 
directing or controlling the activities of the 
Group, excluding the Company’s Directors.

All employees gender diversity

2

Total
3,908

1

1  Male (1,876) 
2  Female (2,032) 

48%
52%

People
We recognise that our business will 
only enjoy continued success with the 
commitment and dedication of our 
staff. To ensure that they feel valued 
and rewarded, we’ve put the following 
actions in place:

— We monitor employee turnover  
and use this as an indication of 
general employee contentment.
— We work with the Business Disability 
Forum to ensure all our current and 
new staff are cared for.

— We engage in initiatives such as the 

Employee benefits and rewards
— We provide a competitive level of 

pay and other benefits relative to job 
and skill level, including incentive 
plans with recognition and reward.

— We value our full and part-time 

people and wherever possible we’re 
happy to agree working patterns that 
offer a work and family life balance.
— We help our employees benefit from 
customer and other discount schemes.

— We recognise employee 

achievements and loyalty, both 
informally and through schemes  
such as Employee of the Month, 
Recruitment Incentive and Long 
Service Awards.

— We’re fully committed to equal 
opportunity in employment.

— We encourage the use of ‘green’ 

transport and operate ‘green travel 
plans’ where feasible. We promote 
car sharing, walking and cycling to 
work, and provide secure, prioritised 
and reserved parking facilities.  
We’re also looking at our car policies 
to encourage the use of newer,  
lower emission vehicles.

Employee wellbeing
— We seek to maintain a safe, clean  

and clutter-free working environment 
across our operations and offices. 
We carry out in-house health and 
safety audits and provide checklists 
for our management teams at all sites.

Better Health at Work scheme, aimed 
at promoting health and well-being 
programmes through education 
and awareness.

Employee communications
— We actively encourage 

communication within the business.  
We publish an in-house magazine 
covering site updates, company 
initiatives and opportunities, and  
we always welcome feedback  
to central support departments 
through all levels of the organisation.

— We have well established monthly 
employee forums and health and 
safety committee meetings at  
each site in order to communicate, 
involve and engage with  
employee representatives.
— We organise conferences for  
our senior people to ensure  
they’re focused and understand  
their contribution to wider 
Group objectives.

Employee training
— We operate an in-house NVQ 
certified training programme 
(ASPIRE) to develop and support 
career advancement and,  
where appropriate, we encourage 
outside training initiatives and 
professional development.

27

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Sustainability
The Group’s framework of  
policies and guidelines sets  
clear standards to ensure  
that we conduct our business 
ethically and responsibly.

Emissions per £m revenue

114.7 tonnes 
carbon dioxide 
equivalent

-10.5%

Operating in a socially responsible 
manner is important to us and our 
stakeholders and is central to 
our values-based culture.

The environment
We’re committed to limiting the 
impact that our operations have 
on the environment, and we’re 
doing this in the following ways:

— by adhering to relevant legislation 

and regulations, working to 
respected codes of practice, and 
regularly reviewing and improving 
how we work;

— by continuing with our carbon 

management project to reduce 
energy consumption and emissions 
of greenhouse gases from our 
warehouses;

— by investigating fuel use, route 
planning and optimum vehicle 
design, and introducing a study of 
business travel to become more 
efficient and minimise emissions;
— by considering the best use of raw 

materials and using recycled/
recyclable products where possible.

— by assessing and reducing water 

usage through efficient technology 
and awareness;

— by continuing to minimise waste 

through compacting and material 
reuse and recycling;

— by promoting environmental 

awareness at all levels of the business 
and encouraging appropriate 
actions by all staff; and

— by liaising with suppliers, customers 

and contractors to improve 
environmental management  
at all levels of the supply chain.

28

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions
The Group records energy and fuel  
use for all areas of the business, based  
on invoices received for diesel fuel,  
gas oil, electricity and natural gas. 
Fuel used for business travel in company 
vehicles is also included.

The Group uses the average monthly 
price per litre to convert the diesel fuel, 
heating oil, and vehicle fuel costs into 
litres of fuel used.

The kilowatt-hours figures for gas and 
electricity used, and the figures for  
litres of each fuel type used, are then 
converted into tonnes of CO2 equivalent 
(tCO2e) using the relevant DEFRA 
conversion factors.

In the year to 30 April 2017, both Scope 1 
and Scope 2 emissions increased from 
the prior year, driven by an increase in 
the warehouse space occupied by the 
Group (which led to higher gas and 
electricity usage), and an increase in the 
transport activities within the UK logistics 
business (which increased the amount 
of diesel fuel used). However, emissions 
per £ million of revenue fell by 10.5%,  
as a result of ongoing fuel efficiency 
programmes and increased utilisation  
of space within our warehouses, which 
meant that revenue increased without  
a proportionate increase in emissions. 

The table below shows a summary 
of GHG emissions for the Group:

Emissions  
(tonnes CO2e)

Scope 1

Scope 2

Year to  
30 April 
2017

27,845

11,161

Total emissions

39,006

Year to  
30 April 
 2016

27,089

10,125

37,214

Emissions per 
£m of revenue

114.7

128.2

Scope 1 (direct) GHG emissions are derived from 
the consumption of gas, oil, and vehicle fuel.

Scope 2 (electricity indirect) GHG emissions  
are derived from the consumption of 
purchased electricity.

Waste recycling
The Group carefully considers which  
raw materials to use and uses recycled/
recyclable products where applicable. 
Waste is sorted into plastics, paper/
cardboard, wood and metal. It is 
recycled, reused or compacted on site.

Our expanding returns operations sort, 
re-process, repair or recycle our clients’ 
products which are returned from their 
customers. These processes help to 
reduce the amount of goods which 
may otherwise go to landfill. 

Commercial
Wherever possible we work with our 
customers to build environmental 
considerations into our recommended 
solutions. This is particularly evident with 
our pioneering retail consolidation centres 
which greatly reduce final mile deliveries, 
congestion and associated emissions 
when delivering to shopping centres 
and congested city centres. To further 
support this initiative, we have invested 
in three electric 7.5 tonne vehicles.

Corporate Social Responsibility  
(“CSR”) policy
The Group recognises the importance 
of environmental protection and is 
committed to conducting business 
ethically, responsibly and in compliance 
with laws, regulations and codes of 
practice applicable to our business 
activities. The CSR and related policies 
are reviewed and amended where 
appropriate. We actively promote the 
Ethical Trading Initiative base code and 
undertake independent auditing of our 
facilities and labour providers. 

Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking
We are committed to ensuring that 
there is no slavery or human trafficking 
in our supply chains or in any part of  
our business. Our Anti-Slavery and 
Human Trafficking Policy reflects our 
commitment to acting ethically  
and with integrity in all our business 
relationships and to implementing and 
enforcing effective systems and controls 
to ensure slavery and human trafficking 
is not taking place anywhere in our 
supply chains.

We believe that, in conjunction with the 
rigorous policies implemented by our 
clients and suppliers, we can drive out 
any aspects of human trafficking and 
slavery from our supply chains.

Clipper places paramount importance 
on only working with suppliers who treat 
their obligations towards modern slavery 
with the importance that Clipper does. 
We will not work with any organisation 
within our supply chain that is unable 
to demonstrate a corresponding 
commitment to this, irrespective of 
whether they are required to do so 
statutorily or otherwise. Where possible, 
we build long-standing relationships 
with our customers and major suppliers, 
making clear our expectations of 
business behaviour. Clipper has a 
Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking 
Policy and all suppliers are notified of 
this and are expected to comply with it.

Clipper educates its employees 
regarding the types of factors which 
can indicate whether any worker 
(permanent or temporary) in Clipper’s 
supply chain may be subject to undue 
influence. In doing so, Clipper actively 
encourages employees to report any 
suspicious activity to the Group Human 
Resources Director, acting in his 
capacity as Compliance Manager.

Clipper conducts rigorous checks to 
verify the identity of each worker and 
verify their right to work in the United 
Kingdom. Clipper audits its supplying 
temporary work agencies against 
legislative compliance, including 
compliance with the Modern Slavery 
Act. It further complies with audits 
conducted by its customers.

The Board believes that driving out 
slavery in any form from its supply 
chains is fundamental to the aims  
of Clipper and, accordingly, have 
approved this statement and the 
modern slavery policy. This statement 
and the accompanying Anti-Slavery 
and Human Trafficking policy will be 
reviewed annually, unless circumstances 
dictate that it should be reviewed and/
or renewed more frequently.

Communities 
As a responsible business, we consider 
ourselves an integral part of the 
communities in which we operate. 
Part of this responsibility sees us,  
where possible, encouraging a positive 
impact and facilitating local initiatives 
in the following ways:

— we support a range of charities, 

including those that maintain natural 
environments for animals and the 
safety of local habitats;

— we provide logistical support for relief 
aid programmes to vulnerable areas;
— we support local communities at site 
level through management and staff 
choice, e.g. providing kit to a number 
of amateur sports teams;

— we strive to be neighbourly wherever 

we operate;

— we recruit from within local areas 

and actively promote the business 
as an employer of choice;
— we encourage and support 

fundraising by our employees; and
— we’ll continue to develop our CSR 
and environmental management 
processes to improve and enhance 
these areas of our business activities.

29

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Operating and Financial Review

Overview of results
The Group continued to make 
excellent progress in the financial 
year to 30 April 2017.

Group revenue
Within the value-added logistics 
services segment, the Group  
benefited from:
— the full-year impact of contract wins 
secured in the previous financial 
year including: Browns, M&Co, 
Pep&Co and Ireland’s largest retailer, 
although this is partly offset by the 
full-year impact of the losses of 
Claire’s Accessories, Atterley Road 
and Michael Lewis in the previous 
financial year;

— organic growth and new business 
activities on existing contracts, 
including ASOS, John Lewis pre-retail 
activities, Morrisons, Wilko and Zara, 
in part driven by the ongoing shift 
in retail trends towards online 
trading which continues to bring 
particularly strong organic growth 
to e-fulfilment customers;

— the part-year impact of operations 
commenced during the year to 30 
April 2017, including Halfords, Inditex, 
Links of London, Kidly, Pretty Green, 
SilkFred, Smiffys and Westwing, and 
significant changes to the services 
provided to John Lewis out of the 
new Ancillary Distribution Centre in 
Northampton. These are partly offset 
by the part-year impact of the loss of 
the Ted Baker contract. The full-year 
impact of these activities will be 
realised in the year to 30 April 2018, 
together with the part-year impacts 
of contracts either recently 
commenced or currently in the 
pipeline and due to go live during 
the remainder of calendar year 2017 
and early calendar year 2018; and

— a significant increase in Click and 

Collect revenues. In the first half of the 
year, the geographical coverage of 
the collaboration with John Lewis 
increased from circa 33% of Waitrose 
stores to 100% by August 2016. On 
1 November 2016, the Click and 
Collect activity was transferred to 

Clicklink Logistics Limited (“Clicklink”), 
a joint venture with John Lewis. The 
joint venture is equity accounted and 
the revenue is no longer consolidated 
into the Group total. However, in the 
second half of the year, Clipper did 
provide resources to Clicklink which 
are recharged and are included 
in Group revenue. The equity 
accounting treatment is 
explained later in this review. 

Revenue growth in commercial  
vehicles was driven by:
— a £5.5 million (10.8%) increase in  
new vehicle sales. The number of 
new units sold increased by 12.3% 
year-on-year, but the average 
selling price fell slightly by 1.3% due 
to the mix of vehicles sold; and
— a £0.4 million increase in aftersales 
revenues, comprising servicing, 
body shop and parts sales.

Group revenue
Group revenue increased by 17.2% to £340.1 million, with strong growth in all business areas:

Revenue

E-fulfilment & returns management services

Non e-fulfilment logistics

Total value-added logistics services

Commercial vehicles

Inter-segment sales

Group revenue

Year to 
30 April 2017 
£m

Year to 
30 April 2016 
£m

129.9

121.9

251.8

91.5

(3.2)

97.6

108.4

206.0

85.6

(1.3)

% 
Change

+33.0%

+12.5%

+22.2%

+6.9%

340.1

290.3

+17.2%

Percentages are calculated based on the underlying numbers as presented in the Financial Statements, not on the rounded figures in the table above.

Group EBIT
The Group grew EBIT strongly in all segments and business activities:

EBIT

E-fulfilment & returns management services

Non e-fulfilment logistics

Central logistics overheads

Total value-added logistics services

Commercial vehicles

Head office costs

Group EBIT

Year to 
30 April 2017 
£m

Year to 
30 April 2016 
£m

10.2

12.4

(4.8)

17.8

2.3

(2.2)

17.9

8.3

10.7

(4.7)

14.3

2.3

(1.9)

14.7

% 
Change

+23.4%

+15.7%

+24.6%

+3.5%

+21.8%

Percentages are calculated based on the underlying numbers as presented in the Financial Statements, not on the rounded figures in the table above.

30

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc E-fulfilment & returns management 
services include the receipt, 
warehousing, stock management, 
picking, packing and despatch of 
products on behalf of customers to 
support their online trading activities, 
as well as a range of ancillary support 
services including returns management, 
branded as Boomerang, under which 
returns of products are managed on 
behalf of retailers. E-fulfilment EBIT also 
includes the contribution from Click 
and Collect activities. In the first half of 
the year under review, this activity was 
a profit centre within the Clipper entity 
and so was directly consolidated into 
Group EBIT. The activity was transferred 
to the Clicklink joint venture on 1 
November 2016 and so the Group’s 
share of Clicklink’s profits was equity 
accounted in the second half of the 
year. Under equity accounting, the 
Group recognises its share of the post 
tax profit of the entity as one figure in 
the income statement. RepairTech, 
acquired on 15 June 2017, will be 
consolidated into the E-fulfilment 
& returns management services 
business activity from that date.

Non e-fulfilment operations include 
receipt, warehousing, picking, packing 
and distribution of products on behalf 
of customers. Within this business 
activity, the Group handles high value 
products, including tobacco, alcohol 
and designer clothing, and also 
undertakes traditional retail support 
services including processing, 
storage and distribution of products, 
particularly fashion, to high street 
retailers. Tesam will be consolidated 
into the Non e-fulfilment business 
activity from the date of acquisition, 
24 May 2017.

Clicklink is a 
truly ground-
breaking 
development 
which will 
revolutionise  
the provision  
of Click and 
Collect services 
to the high street 
in Britain. 

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman

Group revenue

£340.1m
+17.2%  (2016: £290.3m)

Group EBIT*

£17.9m
+21.8%

 (2016: £14.7m)

*  Group EBIT is defined as operating profit, 
including the Group’s share of operating 
profit in equity-accounted investees, before 
amortisation of intangible assets arising on 
consolidation and any exceptional or 
non-recurring items.

Group EBIT
EBIT is the primary Key Performance 
Indicator (“KPI”) by which the 
management team assesses corporate 
performance. EBIT is assessed against 
Board approved budgets. A further 
KPI is net debt, which is discussed on 
page 33.

EBIT margin (%) is not considered by 
the Directors to be a key metric since 
the high proportion of open book and 
minimum volume guarantee contracts 
within the UK logistics division distorts 
reported margins. This is due to an 
element of management fees on 
certain contracts being relatively fixed 
in the short term, so that an increase in 
revenue in periods of increased activity 
will not necessarily give rise to a 
proportionate increase in profit, 
resulting in lower reported margins. 
Conversely in periods of reduced 
activity levels, reported margins would 
typically increase. Similarly, revenue 
derived from minimum volume 
guarantee contracts is fixed at a 
minimum level, so that a shortfall 
in activity levels would give rise to 
a lower cost base, and a higher 
reported margin. In addition, within 
the commercial vehicles segment, 
the level of high value, relatively low 
margin new vehicle sales also distorts 
reported margins. 

Accordingly, EBIT is a more relevant 
measure of financial performance 
than EBIT margin (%).

Group EBIT increased by 21.8% to £17.9 
million for the year ended 30 April 2017. 
The Group expects to achieve further 
EBIT growth in the coming financial year 
due to the full-year benefits of contracts 
brought on line in the year to 30 April 
2017, the commencement of activities 
on further new contracts, organic 
growth, a strong new business pipeline 
and the impact of post-year end 
acquisitions. The acquisitions of Tesam 
Distribution Limited (“Tesam”) and 
RepairTech Limited (“RepairTech”) 
were completed shortly after the 
year end (see note 29 to the Group 
Financial Statements).

31

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Operating and Financial Review 
continued

Central logistics overheads include the 
costs of the directors of the logistics 
business, the project delivery and IT 
support teams, sales and marketing, 
accounting and finance, and human 
resources, that cannot be allocated  
in a meaningful way to business units. 
There has been additional investment 
in such resources during the year 
ended 30 April 2017, as mentioned in 
the 2016 Annual Report, particularly in 
operational delivery and automation. 
The central logistics overheads have 
increased in the year due to share 
based payment charges. In the year, 
the reporting structure within the 
central logistics management team  
has been enhanced, preparing the 
business for future growth. Whilst 
incremental investment is likely to be 
required in the logistics overheads base 
as the business continues to grow, we 
do not expect significant stepped 
increases in the overheads base in  
the foreseeable future, other than 
in respect of share based payment 
charges (see below).

The commercial vehicles business, 
Northern Commercials (Mirfield) 
Limited, operates Iveco and Fiat 
commercial vehicle dealerships 
from six locations, together with three 
sub-dealerships. It sells new and 
used vehicles, provides servicing 
and repair facilities, and sells parts. 
Vehicles sold and serviced range 
from small light commercial vans, 
through to articulated tractor units.

Head office costs represent the cost of 
the Executive Chairman, Chief Financial 
Officer, Deputy Chief Financial Officer, 
Group General Counsel, Non-Executive 
Directors and plc compliance costs. The 
year-on-year increase in head office 
costs is attributable to incremental share 
based payment charges and the costs 
associated with the acquisition of Tesam.

Share based payment charges totalling 
£0.8 million (2016: £0.5 million) have 
been charged to central logistics 
overheads, commercial vehicles and 
head office costs as appropriate in 
respect of the Sharesave Plan and 
the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) 
(see note 23 to the Group Financial 
Statements). Since listing on the London 
Stock Exchange in June 2014, the 
Group invites certain employees to 
participate in an annual iteration of the 
PSP and all employees to participate in 
an annual iteration of the Sharesave 
Plan. Each scheme vests over a three 
year period. As a result, the year ended 
30 April 2017 included a full year of 
charges in respect of options granted 
in the year ended 30 April 2015 and 
the year ended 30 April 2016, together 
with a part year of charges in respect 
of options granted in the year ended 
30 April 2017; the prior year only 
incurred a full year of charges in 
respect of options granted in the year 
ended 30 April 2015 and part-year 
charges in respect of options granted 
in the year ended 30 April 2016.

Net interest charges
Net interest charges for the year to 
30 April 2017 increased by 16.1% to 
£1.6 million (2016: £1.4 million), the 
increase being attributable to an 
increase in assets financed under hire 
purchase contracts in the value-added 
logistics services operating segment.

Taxation
The effective rate of taxation of 22.3% 
(2016: 21.2%) is higher than the average 
standard UK rate of corporation tax 
applicable in the year of 19.9% 
(2016: 20.0%) principally due to 
certain expenditure incurred which 
is disallowable for tax purposes and 
the higher rate of effective tax to 
which the German business is subject. 

Profit after tax
The profit after tax for the year to 
30 April 2017 was £12.5 million (2016: 
£10.3 million), an increase of 20.6%. 

Earnings per share
Earnings per share were 12.5 pence 
for the year to 30 April 2017 (2016: 
10.3 pence).

Capital expenditure and fixed assets
Of total tangible and intangible fixed 
asset additions of £20.2 million (2016: 
£16.2 million), £19.4 million (2016: £15.5 
million) related to the logistics services 
segment and £0.8 million (2016: £0.7 
million) related to the commercial 
vehicles segment. A large proportion of 
expenditure in the year ended 30 April 
2017 was incurred at the Northampton 
shared-use facility where John Lewis  
is the anchor customer. Capital 
expenditure of £1.5 million was incurred 
on the Click and Collect collaboration 
with John Lewis in the first half of the year 
when this operation sat within the Clipper 
entity. On 1 November 2016, when the 
operation was transferred into Clicklink, 
those assets acquired earlier in the year 
were sold by Clipper to Clicklink at their 
fair value, accounting for £1.2 million of 
the £2.3 million proceeds from sale of 
non-current assets in the year.

Clipper’s outstanding capital 
expenditure commitment at 30 April 
2017 was £4.7 million, significantly 
reduced from the equivalent figure 
of the prior year (2016: £16.7 million).

32

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc Cash flow
Cash generated from operations 
was £25.7 million (2016: £20.5 million), 
an increase of 25.2%. 

The Group’s business model gives rise 
to high levels of cash generation. In the 
UK logistics business, Clipper is typically 
paid in the month in which services are 
delivered on open book and minimum 
volume guarantee contracts, giving 
rise to a typically negative investment 
in working capital, whilst in the 
commercial vehicles business working 
capital is substantially funded by the 
manufacturer through stocking facilities 
for new vehicles, and trade credit 
terms for parts supplied. Net cash 
generated from working capital in 
the year ended 30 April 2017 was 
£2.0 million (2016: £0.6 million).

£1.95 million was subscribed for share 
capital on the formation of the Clicklink 
joint venture in the year ended 30 April 
2017 (2016: £nil). A further £1.45 million 
loan was advanced to Clicklink on its 
formation. This loan is disclosed as a 
non-current financial asset (see note 27 
to the Group Financial Statements).

No deferred consideration was paid 
in the year (2016: £2.2 million).

There has been significant investment 
in the fixed assets base this year, as 
noted above, particularly on open-
book contracts. However, providing 
the commercial terms are acceptable, 
Clipper typically funds a significant 
proportion of such capital expenditure 
using hire purchase and finance 
leases, and so not all of the fixed asset 
investment actually results in a cash 
outflow. Cash capital expenditure, 
including intangible assets, for the year 
ended 30 April 2017 was £4.6 million 
compared to £5.9 million in the year 
ended 30 April 2016.

In line with the stated dividend payment 
policy, a final dividend for the year 
ended 30 April 2016 of £4.0 million 
(4.0 pence per share) and an interim 
dividend of £2.4 million (2.4 pence per 
share) for the year ended 30 April 2017 
were paid in the year to 30 April 2017. 
These compare to a final dividend for the 
year ended 30 April 2015 of £3.2 million 
(3.2 pence per share) and an interim 
dividend of £2.0 million (2.0 pence per 
share) for the year ended 30 April 2016, 
both paid in the year to 30 April 2016.

Net debt
In addition to EBIT, net debt 
is considered a KPI for the Group.  
As with EBIT, net debt is assessed 
against Board-approved budgets.

The Group had £25.1 million of net 
debt outstanding at 30 April 2017 (2016: 
£18.8 million) (see note 20 to the Group 
Financial Statements), in line with the 
Board’s expectations. The increase in 
net debt compared with the prior year 
was driven primarily by the need to 
invest in capital assets to service 
significant new contracts. Where an 
open book customer has a strong 
credit rating, Clipper will often fund  
the initial capital requirements on the 
condition that the customer commits  
to repaying us over the term of the 
contract, together with finance  
charges and a management fee. 

The Group opened the year with 
£6.1 million of bank loans. The Group 
repaid £6.0 million of bank loans in 
the year, but took out £2.0 million of 
funding loans in respect of capital 
expenditure. The Group ends the year 
with £2.1 million of bank loans. Net bank 
debt at 30 April 2017 was £2.1 million 
(2016: £7.9 million).

Logistics
E-fulfilment & returns 
management growth
Clipper’s ability and agility, particularly 
in respect of omni-channel, multi-
channel, returns management, Click 
and Collect and mechanisation already 
mentioned in this Annual Report, have 
enabled the Group to significantly grow 
revenues and earnings, and to once 
again outperform market growth (the 
UK e-commerce market grew by 17% 
in the calendar year 2016). Revenues 
from e-fulfilment & returns management 
services increased by 33.0% from £97.6 
million for the year to 30 April 2016 to 
£129.9 million for the year to 30 April 2017, 
with EBIT growing by 23.4% from £8.3 
million to £10.2 million over the same 
period. This is a particularly pleasing 
performance as two of the principles 
underpinning the Group’s core 
strategies are to be a market leader 
in the e-commerce sector, and to be 
a thought leader in the provision of 
value-added services across the sector. 

Organic growth in activities with 
ASOS, Morrisons, Wilko and Zara, the 
full-year impact of those operations 
commenced in the year ended 
30 April 2016 – Browns, Click and Collect 
(including Clicklink), Pep&Co and 
Ireland’s largest retailer – and the new 
operations commenced in the year 
ended 30 April 2017 – Inditex, John Lewis 
returns and forward orders activity, 
Kidly, SilkFred, Smiffys and Westwing – 
have all contributed favourably to the 
growth in this business activity year-on-
year. Partly offsetting this is the full-year 
impact of contract losses of Claire’s 
Accessories and Atterley Road in the 
previous financial year.

This business activity saw the launch 
of a collaboration with John Lewis in 
September 2015 providing John Lewis 
with a Click and Collect service 
which is absolutely focused on the 
requirements of the retailer: it is fully 
integrated with the retailer systems, has 
full track-and-trace, has timed delivery 
schedules and provides ease of 
same-day returns through Boomerang. 
The operation comprises automated 
parcel sortation and transport 
distribution services, and initially served 
115 Waitrose stores, 33% of the total 
Waitrose store estate. The remaining 
67% of the Waitrose store estate was 
added from August 2016. This operation 
was transferred into Clicklink, a joint 
venture entity, on 1 November 2016 
in order to formalise the arrangement 
and to enable the opening up of the 
network to third party customers. 
Clicklink has already commenced 
performing certain activities for other 
third party customers and these income 
streams are expected to increase 
significantly over the coming months 
as Clicklink is in advanced discussions 
with a number of customers.

Despite the increasingly challenging 
logistics demands of the Black Friday 
to Cyber Monday weekend in the UK 
outlined previously, Clipper delivered 
another successful 2016 Black Friday 
to Cyber Monday trading period for its 
clients and maintained excellent service 
levels throughout. In order to mitigate 
some of the labour challenges around 
this weekend, one of the roles of 
Clipper’s new Engineering and 
Technology Director is to increase 
Clipper’s investment in automation, 
thereby decreasing Clipper’s reliance 
on agency labour providers through  
the peak trading period.

33

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Operating and Financial Review 
continued

Clipper had been providing e-commerce 
fulfilment services to Tesco in a property 
leased by Tesco in Daventry. As a result of 
space elsewhere in its property portfolio, 
Tesco opted to relocate the activity into 
its Fenny Lock site from August 2016. The 
compensation received for the early 
termination of our contract means 
Clipper’s profit and loss account for 
the year ended 30 April 2017 was not 
adversely impacted by this. The Daventry 
lease has now been assigned to Clipper 
and the Group fulfils the new Halfords 
contract out of this site.

In this business activity, since the year 
end on 30 April 2017:

— Wilko has committed to taking 
incremental space at Ollerton, 
Browns has committed to taking 
incremental space at Enfield, and 
Smiffys has committed to taking 
incremental space at Kempen;

— agreement has been reached with 
M&S to provide certain services 
out of Clipper’s Ollerton facility;
— ASOS has signed up for certain 
services out of Clipper’s Poznan 
facility in Poland; and

— RepairTech has been acquired. 
The key management team has 
been retained and will continue 
to manage the operations.

Non e-fulfilment logistics is central 
to the Group’s future strategy too
The Group will continue to develop 
and deliver truly value-added services 
to address the needs of retailers in 
traditional bricks and mortar logistics, 
including receipt of inbound product, 
storage, store-readiness of product, and 
distribution to retail destinations. This 
business activity also includes transport 
and high value logistics activities. 

Revenue from non e-fulfilment 
operations grew by 12.5% for the year 
ended 30 April 2017, from £108.4 million 
to £121.9 million, with EBIT increasing by 
15.7%, from £10.7 million to £12.4 million.

Within non e-fulfilment, the full-year 
effect of the contracts secured in the 
prior year with M&Co and Pep&Co, 

contributed to revenue and EBIT 
growth, as did organic growth on 
existing contracts with Haddad, John 
Lewis pre-retail activities, M&S, and 
Philip Morris. The transport operations 
at Rotherham and tobacco contract 
packing operations at Brighouse also 
performed particularly strongly, partly 
as a result of one-off Tobacco Product 
Directive work. This strong business 
growth was partly offset by the  
part-year impact of the loss of the 
Hobbycraft and Ted Baker contracts, 
lost during the year to April 2017 and 
the full-year effect of the loss of the 
Michael Lewis and H&M contracts, 
lost in the prior year.

Additionally, in the year to 30 April 2017 
operations began:

— on a forward orders activity for 

John Lewis in the new Northampton 
Ancillary Distribution Centre;

— on new storage activities for Halfords, 
with subsequent agreement reached 
on a new eight year contract for 
warehousing activities, including 
e-commerce; and

— under new contracts with Links of 

London and Pretty Green.

In this business activity, since the 
year end on 30 April 2017 we have 
commenced a new transport 
activity with Crosswater.

Tesam, acquired shortly after the year 
end, will be reported within this business 
activity from the year ending 30 April 
2018. The key management team has 
been retained and will continue to 
manage the operations.

Investment in key personnel
The Group differentiates itself by 
providing consultancy-led, value-
added services to its actual and 
prospective client base. Clipper is 
now established as a thought leader 
within the logistics sector, and this is 
evidenced both by customers’ buy-in 
to Clipper’s innovative approach, 
and by brand health reviews 
conducted by an independent 
market research consultancy.

The Group is central to the 
achievement by its customers of 
their own objectives and goals.

Accordingly, the Group invests in 
recruiting, training and developing 
people who are specialists in their 
relevant fields. These include information 
technology, solution design, facilities 
specification, implementation and 
management, e-commerce and 
returns management, and project 
management specialists.

In the year ended 30 April 2017, there 
were significant changes to the senior 
team within the logistics business 
including the appointment of a new 
Chief Operating Officer, a new Group 
Human Resources Director and an 
Engineering and Technology Director  
(all non-statutory director roles) and a 
new Managing Director in Germany. 
Since the year end, the Group has 
further bolstered its senior management 
team with the appointment of a new 
Senior Operations Director in UK 
Logistics following the retirement of 
the incumbent. The appointment of a 
new Managing Director at Servicecare 
took effect in April 2016. These strategic 
appointments have been implemented 
to improve the service offering to 
existing customers and to deliver 
new opportunities to meet the 
growth aspirations of the Board.

The Group has a Senior Leadership 
Development Programme to enhance 
the skills of its senior team, and to 
assist with succession planning.

Commercial vehicles
The commercial vehicles business 
delivered EBIT of £2.3 million in the year 
to 30 April 2017 (2016: £2.3 million), an 
increase of 3.5% on the previous year.

Northern Commercials operates from 
six dealership locations and has three 
sub-dealers. Main dealerships are 
located in Brighouse, Manchester, 
Northampton, Dunstable, Tonbridge 
and Brighton. Thus, the business 
operates across the north of 
England and into Wales, through the 
midlands, and into the south-east.

34

Strategic Report Clipper Logistics plc The business sold 2,012 new vehicles in 
the year to 30 April 2017 (2016: 1,792), 
and 393 used vehicles (2016: 443). 
However, due to a change in mix of 
vehicles sold, the average selling price 
of a new vehicle in the year to 30 April 
2017 was £28,225 compared to £28,608 
in the prior year, a decrease of 1.3%. 
Conversely, the average selling price of 
a used vehicle was £10,794 compared 
to £10,653 in the prior year, an increase 
of 1.3%. Servicing saw increases in 
revenue between the year ended 
30 April 2016 and the year ended 
30 April 2017, with a 4.0% increase in 
the number of hours sold, and parts 
sales increased by 2.0%.

Key customers of Northern Commercials 
include Access Hire Nationwide, Allied 
Bakeries, Asda, Clancy Docwra, Dawson 
Rental, Leeds Commercial, Ryder, 
Variety Club (the Children’s Charity), 
and many other household names.

The business is measured by 
manufacturers on certain key 
performance measures throughout 
the year:

— Through its Product Improvement 

Publications, Iveco notifies dealers 
of certain recall improvements. 
The dealer is then measured on 
the proportion of those recall 
improvements which have been 
actioned as vehicles pass through 
the workshop. Northern Commercials 
successfully actioned 93.3% of recall 
improvements in the year, compared 
to the Iveco-set target of 80%.

— MOT pass rate at Northern 

Commercials’ dedicated Test station 
in Brighouse of 100% (target: 98%).

— Assistance Non-Stop: Northern 

Commercials averaged 41 minutes 
to arrive in providing breakdown 
assistance compared to a network 
target of 48 minutes.

— Dealers are set a target of five days 
per annum for technician training. 
Northern Commercials was fully 
compliant in the year.

Current trading and outlook
As noted previously, the Group secured 
a number of significant contract wins 
in the two years ended 30 April 2017, 
the full-year benefit of which will not be 
realised until the years to 30 April 2018 
and 30 April 2019. 

Looking ahead to the 2018 financial 
year, there is a strong new business 
pipeline in the Group. Since the year 
end, additional contracts have been 
won within both E-fulfilment & returns 
management services and Non 
e-fulfilment logistics, both in the UK 
and Europe, through a focus on retail 
specialisms and provision of cost-
effective, value-added solutions. 
These contract wins will more than 
compensate for the contract losses 
mentioned earlier in this report. 
Shareholders will be updated once 
these new contracts have been agreed.

Recent key appointments leave the 
Group ideally positioned to proactively 
and reactively scale-up its activities as 
necessary. The recent management 
changes have already seen us able to 
cross-fertilise Clipper’s, Servicecare’s 
and Germany’s customers and activities 
and will allow us to generate further 
synergistic opportunities in the future.

The recent acquisitions of Tesam 
and RepairTech are expected to be 
immediately earnings enhancing. 
Across the two acquisitions, there is 
significant customer overlap with the 
existing Clipper Group portfolio and 
so the Group expects to enhance its 
reputation with these customers, and 
also to leverage existing customers 
with additional service lines.

The commercial vehicles business 
is expected to continue its steady 
growth in profitability in the year to 
30 April 2018.

The Board is confident in the Group’s 
prospects for the full year ahead. 
Current trading is in line with the 
Directors’ strategic plan, and the 
Board is confident of achieving 
another period of excellent financial 
performance in the year to 30 April 2018.

Approved by the Board and signed 
on its behalf by:

David Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer 
27 July 2017

35

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Board of Directors

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman

Tony Mannix
Chief Executive Officer

David Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer 

Steve, a fashion logistics specialist, 
founded Clipper in 1992. As Executive 
Chairman, Steve is responsible for 
the strategic direction of the Group. 
Steve has extensive experience of retail 
logistics. He holds and pursues strategic 
level discussions with major retailers. 
In addition, Steve drives the Group’s 
acquisition strategy. Steve is the 
chairman of the Nomination Committee.

David joined Clipper as Group 
Chief Financial Officer in 2003. David 
held a variety of board level roles prior 
to joining Clipper, including Group 
Finance Director of Symphony Group 
plc, Finance Director of Kunick Leisure 
Limited, and held a number of senior 
roles in Magnet Limited. 

David is a member of the Chartered 
Institute of Management Accountants.

Tony was appointed Chief Executive 
Officer of the Group in May 2014. Tony 
joined Clipper in 2006 as Managing 
Director of the UK logistics division. Tony 
has over 25 years’ experience in the 
logistics sector, and held a number of 
senior roles with Roseby’s plc (which 
became part of Homestyle Group plc), 
ultimately becoming Logistics Director.

Tony has particular experience of 
operating in complex retail logistics 
environments, includingthe design 
and specification of both distribution 
centres and warehouse management 
systems. Tony began his career in 
logistics with the Burton Group, after 
workingin the construction industry  
following his graduation with a  
degree in architectural engineering.

Ron Series

 Senior Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Stephen Robertson

 Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Mike Russell

 Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Ron joined the Group as Non-Executive 

Stephen joined the Group as 

Mike Russell was appointed 

Director in 2014 and was appointed 

Non-Executive Director in 2014.  

Non-Executive Director of Clipper’s 

Senior Independent Non-Executive 

Stephen has many years of experience 

former parent company in 2011, and 

Director in July 2017. Ron has previously 

in the retail industry and held executive 

was appointed Non-Executive Director 

held executive and non-executive 

positions at Kingfisher plc, WH Smith plc 

of the Company in 2014. He qualified 

positions with a number of companies 

and Woolworths Group plc. Stephen 

as a Chartered Certified Accountant 

with international operations in 

was previously Director General of 

with a subsidiary of Imperial Chemical 

transport, logistics, shipping, real estate 

the British Retail Consortium and is 

Industries, following which he held 

and information technology. Included 

currently chairman of Retail Economics. 

the position of Finance Director  

among them are Tuffnells Parcels Express 

Stephen’s current non-executive 

of a subsidiary of Allied Lyons plc.  

Limited where he was chairman during 

directorships include Timpson Group plc, 

He joined Asda Stores Limited as Chief 

its ownership by 3i and UK-listed 

companies such as Davies and 

Sofology and Hargreaves Lansdown 

Accountant in 1986 and subsequently 

plc. Stephen will take over as chairman 

became Finance Director of the Stores 

Newman plc and LEP Group plc. He has 

of the Remuneration Committee in 

Division. He was appointed Group 

also held executive positions at iSOFT 

August 2017 and is a member of the 

Finance Director of Nurdin & Peacock 

Group Limited (listed on the Australian 

Audit Committee.

Securities Exchange), SIAC Group and 

Viridian Group and was involved in the 

successful restructuring of Nakheel PJSC, 

the real estate arm of Dubai World. Most 

recently, he advised the Lonmin plc 

board on its successful capital raising. 

Ron is a member of the Remuneration 

Committee and the Nomination 

Committee. Ron will join the Audit 

Committee in August 2017.

plc, a FTSE 250 company, in early 

1996 prior to the sale of the business 

to Booker plc. From 1997 to 2011, he 

was an executive director of Prize 

Food Group, a private equity-backed 

business, initially as Group Finance 

Director and, from 2005, as Chief 

Executive Officer. Mike is stepping down 

as chairman of the Remuneration 

Committee in August 2017 and was 

appointed chairman of the Audit 

Committee in July 2017. He is also a 

member of the Nomination Committee.

36

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceSteve Parkin

Executive Chairman

Tony Mannix

Chief Executive Officer

David Hodkin

Chief Financial Officer 

Ron Series
 Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Stephen Robertson
 Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Mike Russell
 Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Steve, a fashion logistics specialist, 

Tony was appointed Chief Executive 

David joined Clipper as Group 

founded Clipper in 1992. As Executive 

Officer of the Group in May 2014. Tony 

Chief Financial Officer in 2003. David 

Chairman, Steve is responsible for 

joined Clipper in 2006 as Managing 

held a variety of board level roles prior 

the strategic direction of the Group. 

Director of the UK logistics division. Tony 

to joining Clipper, including Group 

Steve has extensive experience of retail 

has over 25 years’ experience in the 

Finance Director of Symphony Group 

logistics. He holds and pursues strategic 

logistics sector, and held a number of 

plc, Finance Director of Kunick Leisure 

level discussions with major retailers. 

senior roles with Roseby’s plc (which 

Limited, and held a number of senior 

In addition, Steve drives the Group’s 

became part of Homestyle Group plc), 

roles in Magnet Limited. 

acquisition strategy. Steve is the 

ultimately becoming Logistics Director.

chairman of the Nomination Committee.

David is a member of the Chartered 

Tony has particular experience of 

Institute of Management Accountants.

operating in complex retail logistics 

environments, includingthe design 

and specification of both distribution 

centres and warehouse management 

systems. Tony began his career in 

logistics with the Burton Group, after 

workingin the construction industry  

following his graduation with a  

degree in architectural engineering.

Stephen joined the Group as 
Non-Executive Director in 2014.  
Stephen has many years of experience 
in the retail industry and held executive 
positions at Kingfisher plc, WH Smith plc 
and Woolworths Group plc. Stephen 
was previously Director General of 
the British Retail Consortium and is 
currently chairman of Retail Economics. 
Stephen’s current non-executive 
directorships include Timpson Group plc, 
Sofology and Hargreaves Lansdown 
plc. Stephen will take over as chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee in 
August 2017 and is a member of the 
Audit Committee.

Ron joined the Group as Non-Executive 
Director in 2014 and was appointed 
Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director in July 2017. Ron has previously 
held executive and non-executive 
positions with a number of companies 
with international operations in 
transport, logistics, shipping, real estate 
and information technology. Included 
among them are Tuffnells Parcels Express 
Limited where he was chairman during 
its ownership by 3i and UK-listed 
companies such as Davies and 
Newman plc and LEP Group plc. He has 
also held executive positions at iSOFT 
Group Limited (listed on the Australian 
Securities Exchange), SIAC Group and 
Viridian Group and was involved in the 
successful restructuring of Nakheel PJSC, 
the real estate arm of Dubai World. Most 
recently, he advised the Lonmin plc 
board on its successful capital raising. 
Ron is a member of the Remuneration 
Committee and the Nomination 
Committee. Ron will join the Audit 
Committee in August 2017.

Mike Russell was appointed 
Non-Executive Director of Clipper’s 
former parent company in 2011, and 
was appointed Non-Executive Director 
of the Company in 2014. He qualified 
as a Chartered Certified Accountant 
with a subsidiary of Imperial Chemical 
Industries, following which he held 
the position of Finance Director  
of a subsidiary of Allied Lyons plc.  
He joined Asda Stores Limited as Chief 
Accountant in 1986 and subsequently 
became Finance Director of the Stores 
Division. He was appointed Group 
Finance Director of Nurdin & Peacock 
plc, a FTSE 250 company, in early 
1996 prior to the sale of the business 
to Booker plc. From 1997 to 2011, he 
was an executive director of Prize 
Food Group, a private equity-backed 
business, initially as Group Finance 
Director and, from 2005, as Chief 
Executive Officer. Mike is stepping down 
as chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee in August 2017 and was 
appointed chairman of the Audit 
Committee in July 2017. He is also a 
member of the Nomination Committee.

37

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Corporate Governance Report

Compliance with the Code 
The Board recognises the importance 
of high standards of corporate 
governance and is committed to 
managing the Group’s operations 
in accordance with the Code. A full 
version of the Code can be found 
on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website www.frc.org.uk. The Company 
complied with the provisions of the 
Code throughout the year ended 
30 April 2017, except for provisions  
A.4.2 and E.1.1. 

In April 2016 the Financial Reporting 
Council published a revised 2016 
UK Corporate Governance Code 
(“2016 Code”) which will apply to 
premium listed companies in respect 
of accounting periods commencing 
on or after June 2016. This will apply 
to the Company in the financial year 
ending 30 April 2018.

This Report, which incorporates  
reports from the Nomination and  
Audit Committees on pages 42 to 45 
together with the Strategic Report 
on pages 8 to 35, the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 46 
to 59 and the Directors’ Report on 
pages 60 to 63, describes how the 
Company has applied the relevant 
principles of the Code.

The role of the Board
During the year the Board consisted 
of four Non-Executive Directors and 
four Executive Directors. Sean Fahey 
resigned as a director with effect from 
28 April 2017 and, since the year end, 
Paul Hampden Smith resigned with 
effect from 12 July 2017. Biographies 
and profiles of the current members of 
the Board appear on pages 36 and 37.

The Board is responsible for leading 
and controlling the Group and has 
overall authority for the management 
and conduct of the Group’s business, 
strategy and development. The Board 
is also responsible for ensuring the 
maintenance of a sound system of 
internal control and risk management 
(including financial, operational and 
compliance controls and for reviewing 
the overall effectiveness of systems in 
place) and for the approval of any 
changes to the capital, corporate and/
or management structure of the Group.

The Code indicates at A.4.2 that the 
chairman should hold meetings with 
non-executive directors without the 
executive directors present. Since Steve 
Parkin as Executive Chairman also has 
an executive function, he has not met 
with the Non-Executive Directors as 
a group without the other Executive 
Directors present, but the Senior 
Independent Director has done so. 
The Chairman has met with individual 
Non-Executive Directors on a one to 
one basis from time to time, at which 
meetings Board performance 
and other appropriate matters 
were discussed. The Chairman has 
also discussed the Board evaluation 
review with the then senior 
independent director without the 
other Executive Directors present.

The Board delegates to management 
the day-to-day running of the business 
within defined risk parameters. Board 
meetings are scheduled to coincide with 
key events in the corporate calendar 
and this includes the interim and final 
results and annual general meeting.

Steve Parkin 
Executive Chairman

Chairman’s introduction

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present 
the Company’s Corporate 
Governance Report for the 
year ended 30 April 2017.

The Board recognises, understands 
and is committed to the high standards 
of corporate governance across the 
Group that are expected of all 
premium listed companies and 
follows an approach which complies 
with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code dated September 
2014 (the “Code”). The report which 
follows describes how, for the year 
ended 30 April 2017, the Group has 
complied with the main provisions 
of the Code.

Steve Parkin 
Executive Chairman

38

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceThe Board has adopted a formal 
schedule of matters reserved for its 
approval and has delegated other 
specific responsibilities to its Committees. 
The formal board agenda currently 
includes regular reports from the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer on the operational 
and financial performance of the 
Group, together with feedback from 

the Non-Executive Directors on their 
engagement with the business. 
It includes a rolling agenda of reports 
from the Nomination Committee, 
the Audit Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee together 
with various other key operational, 
strategic, governance and risk topics. 
The latter are regularly updated to 
ensure the Board is responsive to the 

operational and strategic issues 
affecting the business. The Board does 
not delegate key strategic, operational 
and financial issues or other matters 
specifically reserved to the Board.

The following matters (amongst others) 
were considered or dealt with at Board 
meetings during the year:

Strategy  and management

Financial and contracts

Governance

— approval and consideration of 
strategic initiatives and plans, 
including potential acquisitions;

— Brexit and its impact;
— automation and its role in 

the business;

— European strategy review;
— growth strategy; 
— health and safety record; 
— approval of Senior Management 
Team (“SMT”) restructuring; and
— succession and recruitment of the 
Chief Operating Officer and other 
members of the SMT.

— review of contract performance;
— Black Friday performance;
— financial review;
— approval of capital projects and 
contracts of material importance;
— review of IT and cyber integrity; and
— review of insurance cover including 

cyber cover and professional 
indemnity.

— full risk review;
— legal and governance updates;
— adoption of new share 

dealing code;

— Board and committee evaluation;
— review of The Market Abuse 

Regulation; and

— external audit and review of 
agency providers and terms.

All Directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Company Secretary 
who has responsibility for ensuring 
compliance with the Board’s 
procedures. All Directors have the right 
to have their opposition to or concerns 
over any Board decision noted in the 
minutes. The Board has adopted 
guidelines by which Directors may  

take independent professional advice 
at the Company’s expense in the 
performance of their duties.

The Board has a full programme 
of Board meetings planned for the 
financial year ending 30 April 2018. 
At these meetings, the Board will 
review the Group’s long-term strategic 

direction and financial plans and 
monitor on a regular basis the Group’s 
performance against an agreed 
business plan.

In addition, the Board will agree 
key objectives for the Group on 
an annual basis and will monitor 
performance against these objectives.

Meetings and attendance 
In the year under review, the Board held seven meetings and various Board committee meetings were also held with 
attendance as follows:

Director

Role

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Sean Fahey

Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Information Officer

Paul Hampden Smith

Senior Independent Director

Stephen Robertson

Non-Executive Director

Mike Russell

Ron Series

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Board  
Meetings

Audit 
Committee 
Meetings

Remuneration 
Committee 
Meetings

Nomination 
Committee 
Meetings

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/2

2/2

2/2

39

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Corporate Governance Report continued

The Chairman is responsible for ensuring 
that the Directors receive accurate, 
timely and clear information. Prior to 
each scheduled Board meeting, a 
Board pack is circulated, This Board 
pack includes an update on key 
performance targets, trading 
performance against budget and 
detailed financial data and analysis. 
Board packs are generally distributed 
in sufficient time for Directors to review 
their papers in advance. If Directors are 
unable to attend a Board meeting for 
any reason, they nonetheless receive 
the relevant papers and are consulted 
prior to the meeting and their views 
made known to the other Directors.

Conflicts of interest
In line with the requirements of the 
Companies Act, each Director has 
notified the Board of any situation in 
which he has, or could have, a direct 
or indirect interest that conflicts, or 
may conflict, with the interests of the 
Company (a situational conflict). 
These were considered and approved 
by the Board in accordance with the 
Company’s Articles of Association and 
each Director informed of any relevant 
authorisation and the terms on which 
it was given. In furtherance of this 
obligation, each Director has notified 
the Board of all his business interests 
and those of his connected persons. 
The Board has formal procedures to 
deal with Directors’ conflicts of interest.

The Board reviews and, where 
appropriate, approves certain situational 
conflicts of interest reported to it by 
Directors, and a register of such 
situational conflicts is maintained and will 
be reviewed by the Board going forward.

Board Committees
Subject to those matters reserved for 
its decision, the Board has delegated 
to its Nomination, Audit, Remuneration 
and Executive Committees certain 
authorities. There are written terms 
of reference for each of these 
Committees available on request 
from the Company Secretary. Separate 
reports for each of the Nomination, 
Audit and Remuneration Committees 
are included in this Annual Report and 
Accounts from pages 42 to 59.

Role of the Executive Chairman 
and Chief Executive 
The Board is chaired by Steve Parkin who 
is Executive Chairman. The Executive 
Chairman is responsible for the 
leadership and overall effectiveness 
of the Board and setting the Board’s 
agenda, having regard to the interests 
of all stakeholders and promoting high 
standards of corporate governance. 
Tony Mannix is the Chief Executive Officer 
and is responsible for implementing the 
Board’s strategy and leading the SMT. 
The role is distinct and separate to that of 
Executive Chairman and clear divisions 
of accountability and responsibility have 
been agreed by the Board.

Role of the Senior 
Independent Director
The Code recommends that the board 
of directors of a company with a 
premium listing on the Official List should 
appoint one of the non-executive 
directors to be the senior independent 
director to provide a sounding board 
for the chairman and to serve as an 
intermediary for the other directors when 
necessary. The senior independent 
director should be available to 
shareholders if they have concerns 
which contact through the normal 
channels of the chairman, chief 
executive officer or other executive 
directors has failed to resolve or for 
which such contact is inappropriate.

Having served as Senior Independent 
Director since May 2014, Paul Hampden 
Smith resigned in July 2017. Ron Series 
has now been appointed Senior 
Independent Director.

The Code indicates (at E.1.1) that the 
senior independent director should 
attend meetings with a range of major 
shareholders to listen to their views in 
order to help develop a balanced 
understanding of their issues and 
concerns. Whilst the Senior Independent 
Director (and the other Non-Executive 
Directors) are available to meet with 
shareholders to discuss issues and 
concerns, no such meetings have been 
requested. Notwithstanding this, we 
have maintained dialogue with our 
major shareholders and, overall, the 
Board believes that appropriate steps 
have been taken throughout the year 
to ensure that members of the Board, 
including the Non-Executive Directors, 
develop an understanding of the views 
of major shareholders. These steps 
include attending the AGM, receiving 
feedback on other shareholder 
meetings and analysts’ and brokers’ 
briefings on a regular basis.

Board balance and independence 
The Code recommends that at least 
half the board of directors of UK listed 
companies, excluding the chairman, 
should comprise non-executive 
directors determined by the board 
to be independent in character and 
judgement and free from relationships 
or circumstances which may affect, 
or could appear to affect, the 
director’s judgement.

The Board regards all of the 
Non-Executive Directors as 
Independent Non-Executive Directors 
within the meaning of the Code 
and free from any business or other 
relationship that could materially 
interfere with the exercise of their 
independent judgement. The Board 
believes that the current directorate 
will enhance considerably its ability 
to develop the Group’s operations.

40

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceRole of the Company Secretary
Guy Jackson is the Company Secretary. 
The role of the Company Secretary, 
under the direction of the Chairman, 
is to develop, implement and maintain 
good corporate governance practices. 
This includes supporting the Chairman 
and Non-Executive Directors as 
appropriate, managing Board and 
Nomination Committee meetings, 
ensuring that appropriate levels of 
directors’ and officers’ insurance is in 
place and that the Group is compliant 
with statutory and regulatory 
requirements.

Development
There have been no new appointments 
to the Board since the last AGM. The 
Group has an induction and training 
process for new Directors. New Directors 
will receive a detailed induction on 
joining the Board, including meeting 
other members of the Board and the 
SMT. New directors will be encouraged 
to visit the Group’s sites and to provide 
feedback to the Board. The Group’s 
Company Secretary periodically 
reports to the Board on any new 
legal, regulatory and governance 
developments that affect the Group 
and, where necessary, actions are 
agreed. External lawyers have provided 
updated training to the Directors and 
Senior Management Team on the 
changes to the Company’s share 
dealing code, insider dealing and other 
regulatory matters to ensure compliance 
with the new EU regulation on Market 
Abuse. This is supplemented by advice 
and training provided on certain 
matters by the Company Secretary. 

Board evaluation
The effectiveness of the Board is 
essential to the success of the Group. 
During the year an evaluation process 
was developed and implemented. 
The evaluation process was based 
on a series of questions devised for the 
purpose by the Senior Independent 
Director and the Company Secretary 
and circulated to the Directors. 
The process reviewed issues such as: 
the assessment and monitoring of 
the Company’s strategy; the mix of 
knowledge and skills on the Board; 
succession; and the effectiveness of 
the Board and the Directors. Separate 
questionnaires were devised for 
each of the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees, and 
circulated to Committee members. 

The results were collated by the 
Company Secretary and considered 
by the Senior Independent Director. 
The performance of the Board as a 
whole and of each of its principal 
Committees was considered. 

The Board is satisfied that each Director 
remains competent to discharge his 
responsibilities as a member of the Board.

Election of Directors
The Board can appoint any person to 
be a Director, either to fill a vacancy 
or as an addition to the existing Board 
provided that the total number of 
Directors does not exceed 12, the 
maximum prescribed in the Company’s 
Articles of Association. Any Director so 
appointed by the Board shall hold office 
only until the next following Annual 
General Meeting and shall then be 
eligible for election by the shareholders.

In accordance with the Articles of 
Association, at every Annual General 
Meeting of the Company, one-third of 
the Directors, or the number nearest to 
but not less than one-third, shall retire 
from office. The Directors to retire shall 
be, first, those who wish to retire, and 
then those who have been longest 
in office since their last appointment 
or re-appointment. When a Director 
retires at an Annual General Meeting 
in accordance with the Articles, the 
Company may, by ordinary resolution 
at the meeting, fill the office being 
vacated by re-electing the retiring 
Director. If the Company does not fill the 
vacancy at the meeting, the retiring 
Director shall nevertheless be deemed 
to have been re-elected, except in 
the cases identified by the Articles. 
The Company intends to continue this 
practice but will review it regularly.

David Hodkin and Stephen Robertson 
will be offering themselves for re-election 
at the 2017 AGM to be held at Clipper 
Logistics, 11th Floor, Central Square, 
29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL 
on 25 September 2017 at 11.00am,  
full details of which will be issued  
under separate cover.

External appointments and 
time commitment 
The Executive Directors may accept 
outside appointments provided  
that such appointments do not in any 
way prejudice their ability to perform 
their duties as Executive Directors of  
the Company.

The Non-Executive Directors’ 
appointment letters are not specific 
about the maximum time commitment, 
recognising that there is always the 
possibility of an additional time 
commitment and ad hoc matters that 
may arise from time to time, particularly 
when the Group is undergoing a period 
of increased activity. The average time 
commitment inevitably increases where 
a Non-Executive Director assumes 
additional responsibilities such as being 
appointed to a Board Committee or as 
a Non-Executive Director on the Boards 
of any of the Company’s subsidiaries.

Communications with shareholders
The Board considers effective 
communication with its investors, 
whether institutional, private or 
employee shareholders, to be extremely 
important and we have set ourselves 
the target of providing information 
that is timely, clear and concise.

During the year to 30 April 2017, the 
Company met regularly with analysts 
and institutional investors and such 
meetings will continue. The Executive 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer have led 
responsibility for investor relations and 
they meet institutional investors 
regularly to provide an opportunity 
to discuss, in the context of publicly 
available information, the progress 
of the Group. They are supported by 
members of the SMT, where required, 
and the Company’s retained financial 
PR advisers, Bell Pottinger, and corporate 
brokers, Numis Securities, who, amongst 
other matters, assist in organising 
presentations for analysts and 
institutional investors and ensure that 
procedures are in place to keep the 
Board regularly informed of such 
investors’ views. Reports from analysts 
and brokers are circulated to the Board.

The formal reporting of our full and 
half yearly results will be a combination 
of presentations, group calls and 
one-to-one meetings in a variety of 
locations where we have institutional 
shareholders. All the Non-Executive 
Directors and, in particular, the Chairman 
and Senior Independent Director, 
are available to meet with major 
shareholders, if they wish to raise issues 
separately from the arrangements as 
described above. The Company’s 
investor website is regularly updated 
with news and information, including 
this Annual Report and Accounts which 
sets out our strategy and performance 
together with our plans for growth.

41

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Activities of the Nomination 
Committee in 2017
The Committee met twice during 
the financial year and considered 
the succession plans for executive 
Board Directors and also the need to 
strengthen the Senior Management 
Team, taking into account the strategic 
objectives of the Group. In that regard, 
whilst no main Board appointments 
were made, after appropriate 
searches the Board, acting on the 
recommendation of the Committee, 
appointed Emma Dempsey as Chief 
Operating Officer in March 2017. Emma 
has a wealth of experience in retail 
logistics consultancy, retail supply chain 
and the third party logistics sector.

In March 2017 Sean Fahey (Chief 
Information Officer) indicated that, after 
over 20 years as a Director of Clipper, 
he would retire at the end of the financial 
year. The Board would like to thank 
Sean for his service and his dedication to 
Clipper over the years. Sean’s resignation 
as a Director took effect on 28 April 2017. 
He will remain with the Group until at 
least September 2017.

Nomination Committee Report

Composition 
The UK Corporate Governance Code 
recommends that a majority of the 
members of a nomination committee 
should be independent non-executive 
directors. The Nomination Committee 
is chaired by Steve Parkin and its other 
members are Ron Series and Mike Russell.

Roles and responsibilities
Under normal circumstances,  
it is intended that the Nomination 
Committee will meet not less than 
twice a year to assist the Board in 
discharging its responsibilities relating 
to the composition and make-up of 
the Board and any committees of 
the Board. It is also responsible for 
periodically reviewing the Board’s 
structure and identifying potential 
candidates to be appointed as 
Directors or Committee members as 
the need may arise. The Nomination 
Committee is responsible for evaluating 
the balance of skills, knowledge and 
experience and the size, structure 
and composition of the Board and 
Committees of the Board, retirements 
and appointments of additional and 
replacement Directors and Committee 
members and makes appropriate 
recommendations to the Board on 
such matters.

Diversity
Whilst the Group pursues diversity, 
including gender diversity, throughout 
the business, and the Board endorses 
the aspirations of the Davies Review 
on Women on Boards, the Board is not 
committing to any specific targets. 
Instead, the Board will engage 
executive search firms which have 
signed up to the voluntary code of 
conduct setting out the seven key 
principles of best practice to abide by 
throughout the recruitment process 
and will continue to follow a policy of 
appointing talented people at every 
level to deliver high performance.  
It is Group policy (whether it be at 
employee or Board level) to make 
all appointments based on the best 
candidate for the role regardless of 
gender or other diversity. The Board will 
also ensure that its own development in 
this area is consistent with its strategic 
objectives and enhances Board 
effectiveness.

Steve Parkin
Chairman, Nomination 
Committee

Committee Chairman’s introduction
As Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee (the “Committee”), I am 
pleased to present the report of the 
Committee for the year ended 30 April 
2017. The Committee is a key committee 
of the Board whose role is to keep the 
composition and structure of the Board 
and its committees under review. 
The Committee’s role also includes 
enhancing the quality of nominees 
to the Board and ensuring that the 
recruitment and appointment process 
is conducted with rigour and integrity.

The Committee is proactive 
in discharging its responsibilities, 
cognisant of the importance of 
succession planning and the need 
to align Board and executive 
leadership skills to the Company’s 
long-term strategy. I hope this report 
gives you a helpful insight into how 
the Committee intends to carry out 
its responsibilities in the year ahead.

Steve Parkin
Chairman, Nomination Committee

42

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceAudit Committee Report

Composition 
The Code recommends that an 
audit committee should comprise at 
least three, or in the case of smaller 
companies, two independent 
non-executive directors (other than 
the chairman) and that at least one 
member should have recent and 
relevant financial experience. Clipper’s 
Audit Committee is chaired by Mike 
Russell and its other members are now 
Ron Series and Stephen Robertson. 
By virtue of his former executive roles, 
the Directors consider that Mike Russell 
has recent and relevant financial 
experience. The Company is therefore 
compliant with the Code in this regard. 
Other Directors or senior financial 
management attend meetings of 
the Audit Committee by invitation.

Roles and responsibilities
The Audit Committee assists the 
Board in discharging its responsibilities 
with regard to:

— agreeing the scope of the annual 
audit and the annual audit plan 
and monitoring the same;

— monitoring, making judgements 
and recommendations on the 
financial reporting process and 
the integrity and clarity of the 
Group’s Financial Statements;
— considering the appointment 
of the Group’s auditor and its 
remuneration including reviewing 
and monitoring independence 
and objectivity and agreeing 
and monitoring the extent of the 
non-audit work that may be 
undertaken; and

— reviewing and monitoring the 
adequacy and effectiveness 
of the internal control and risk 
management policies.

The Audit Committee gives due 
consideration to laws and regulations, 
the provisions of the Code and the 
requirements of the Listing Rules.

The ultimate responsibility for reviewing 
and approving the Annual Report 
and Accounts and the half-yearly 
reports remains with the Board.

The Board has requested that the 
Audit Committee advise them in 
ensuring that the Financial Statements, 
when taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable 
and provide the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

Activities during the year ended 
30 April 2017
During the year, the Audit Committee 
met three times. A summary of the main 
areas dealt with by the Committee 
is set out below:

— review and approval for 

consideration by the Board of 
the financial results for the year 
ended 30 April 2016;

— findings from the external audit 
for the year ended 30 April 2016;

— approval of the auditors’ 

remuneration in respect of the year 
ended 30 April 2016;

— discussion around the UK Corporate 

Governance Code on risk 
management, internal control, 
viability and going concern;

— auditor’s confirmation of 

independence;

— review of auditor’s effectiveness; and
— discussion with the external auditor 

over the audit planning, with 
particular reference to significant 
risks highlighted in the planning 
documents, together with the audit 
scope and timetable. 

Since the year end, the Audit 
Committee has reviewed and 
approved for consideration by the 
Board this Annual Report and reviewed 
the findings from the external audit 
for the year ended 30 April 2017.

43

Mike Russell
Chairman, Audit Committee

Committee Chairman’s introduction
The Audit Committee (the 
“Committee”) was established by 
a resolution of the Board dated 
16 May 2014, at which meeting terms 
of reference were considered and 
adopted. The Board further resolved 
to appoint Mike Russell and Stephen 
Robertson to the Audit Committee 
under the chairmanship of Paul 
Hampden Smith. Following Paul 
Hampden Smith’s resignation as a 
Director on 12 July 2017, I agreed to 
succeed him as Chairman of the 
Committee. Ron Series will join the 
Committee in August 2017. Under its 
terms of reference, the Audit Committee 
is required to meet at least three times  
in each year at appropriate times in  
the reporting and auditing cycle.  
In the year ended 30 April 2017, the  
Audit Committee has met three times.

The primary function of the Audit 
Committee is to assist the Board in 
fulfilling its responsibilities to protect 
the interests of shareholders with 
regard to the integrity of the financial 
reporting, audit, risk management 
and internal controls.

In this report, I explain how the Audit 
Committee has discharged these 
responsibilities, with specific reference 
to the requirement of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, (the “Code”) to 
address significant financial statement 
reporting issues and to explain how 
the Audit Committee assessed external 
audit effectiveness and safeguards in 
relation to the provision by the auditor 
of non-audit services.

Mike Russell
Chairman, Audit Committee

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Audit Committee Report continued

As part of their review process, the 
members of the Audit Committee are 
provided with a draft of the full Annual 
Report and Accounts enabling them 
to ensure that the figures are consistent 
with those in the Financial Statements 
or are sourced from appropriate data. 
As important, the Audit Committee 
assesses whether the words used are 
consistent with its understanding of the 
Group’s business obtained through 
Board and Audit Committee meetings 
and other interaction they have had 
with management, using their 
experience to assess whether the 
Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable. This 
additional review by the Audit 
Committee, supplemented by advice 
from external advisors during the 
drafting process, assists the Board 
in determining that the report is fair, 
balanced and understandable at 
the time that it is approved. The 
Audit Committee considers the 
appropriateness of preparing the 
Financial Statements on a going 
concern basis, including consideration 
of forecast plans and supporting 
assumptions.

Significant issues considered in 
relation to the Financial Statements
The Audit Committee, together with 
the Board, considered what were the 
significant risks and issues in relation 
to the Financial Statements and how 
these would be addressed. The most 
significant risk identified is set out below:

Revenue recognition
— The Group has a multiplicity of 

complex contract mechanisms.  
As a result, there could be a risk 
of misstatement of revenue.
— To mitigate this risk, the revenue 

recognition methodology adopted 
is kept under regular review to 
ensure that it remains appropriate.

Assessment of effectiveness 
of external audit 
The Audit Committee oversees the 
relationship with the external auditor 
and considers the re-appointment 
of the Group’s auditor, before making 
a recommendation to the Board to 
be put to shareholders.

Prior to recommending the 
re-appointment of KPMG LLP at the 
forthcoming AGM to the Board, the 
Audit Committee conducted a review 
of the external auditor’s performance 
and ongoing independence taking into 
consideration input from management, 
responses to questions from the Audit 
Committee and the audit findings 
reported to the Audit Committee. 
Based on this information, the Audit 
Committee concluded that the 
external audit process had been 
efficiently run and that KPMG LLP proved 
effective in its role as external auditor.

Independence safeguards 
In accordance with best practice 
and professional standards, the 
external auditor is required to adhere 
to a rotation policy whereby the audit 
engagement partner is rotated after 
five years. Following the change in 
auditor last year, the current audit 
engagement partner has now served 
for two years. The external auditor is 
also required periodically to assess 
whether, in its professional opinion,  
it is independent and those views are 
shared with the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee has authority to 
take independent advice as it deems 
appropriate in order to resolve issues 
on auditor independence. No such 
advice has, to date, been required.

Independence assessment  
by the Audit Committee 
As required, the external auditor 
provided the Audit Committee with 
information for review about policies 
and procedures for maintaining its 
independence and compliance 
regarding the rotation of audit partners 
and staff. Separate external firms are 
engaged for taxation advisory services. 
The Audit Committee is satisfied that 
the independence of KPMG LLP is 
not impaired.

Furthermore, KPMG LLP has provided 
an independence report to the Audit 
Committee, in which they have 
confirmed that they are independent, 
that their objectivity is not compromised, 
and that they have complied with 
the Auditing Practices Board’s ethical 
standards (including in relation to 
the supply of non-audit services).

KPMG LLP has performed no non-audit 
work for the Group in the two years 
ended 30 April 2017. 

The Audit Committee has assessed the 
performance and independence of the 
external auditor and recommended to 
the Board the re-appointment of KPMG 
LLP as auditor until the conclusion of the 
AGM in 2018.

Internal audit
The Board has considered the benefits 
that an internal audit function might 
bring to the Group. It has concluded 
that, due to the tight financial controls 
in place across the Group, and the 
close management of financial matters 
by the Executive Directors, an internal 
audit function would not currently 
provide additional assurance.

44

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceWhistleblowing
The Group has a Whistleblowing 
Policy which encourages employees 
to report any malpractice or illegal 
acts or omissions or matters of similar 
concern by other employees or former 
employees, contractors, suppliers or 
advisors using a prescribed reporting 
procedure. The Whistleblowing Policy 
is complemented by an Anti-bribery 
and Corruption Policy, and a Gifts 
and Entertainment Policy.

These policies facilitate the reporting 
of any ethical wrongdoing or 
malpractice or suspicion which may 
constitute ethical wrongdoing or 
malpractice. Examples include 
bribery, corruption, fraud, dishonesty 
and illegal practices which may 
endanger employees or third parties.

There have been no instances 
of whistleblowing during the year 
under review.

Accountability
The Board is required to present a 
fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company 
and Group’s financial position, 
performance, business model and 
strategy. The responsibilities of the 
Directors and external auditor are set 
out on pages 64 and 67 respectively.

In reviewing the effectiveness of the 
system of internal controls, the Audit 
Committee receives self-assurance 
statements from the members of the 
Senior Management Team, who are 
responsible for the principal business 
units, confirming that controls and 
risk management processes in their 
business units have been operated 
satisfactorily. These returns are 
reviewed by the Audit Committee 
and challenged where appropriate. 
The Deputy Chief Financial Officer is 
responsible for compiling and 
maintaining a risk register to monitor all 
of the risks facing the business. The key 
risks are summarised for review and 
approval by the Audit Committee for 
inclusion in the Annual Report. In 
addition, the Audit Committee reviews 
the financial and accounting controls. 

In respect of the Group’s financial 
reporting, the finance department  
is responsible for preparing the  
Group Financial Statements using a 
well-established consolidation process 
and ensuring that accounting policies 
are in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards.  
All financial information published  
by the Group is subject to the 
approval of the Audit Committee.

There have been no changes in the 
Group’s internal controls during the 
financial year under review that have 
materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the Group’s 
control over financial reporting.

The Board, with advice from the Audit 
Committee, is satisfied that effective 
systems for internal control and risk 
management are in place which 
enable the Group to identify, evaluate 
and manage key risks, and which 
accord with the guidance of the Turnbull 
Committee on internal control updated 
by the Financial Reporting Council in 
2005. These processes have been in 
place throughout the financial year 
and up to the date of approval of the 
Financial Statements. Further details of 
risk management frameworks and 
specific material risks and uncertainties 
facing the business can be found on 
pages 20 to 23.

In terms of operational matters, the 
specialised nature of the Group’s 
activities means that a non-specialist 
internal audit function would not 
provide additional comfort over the 
Group’s operational management. 
The Board will continue to evaluate this 
matter, and the Audit Committee will 
formally consider the issue annually, in 
accordance with Code provision C.3.2.

Internal control and risk management
The Board is responsible for the overall 
system of internal controls for the Group 
and for reviewing its effectiveness. 
It carries out such a review at least 
annually, covering all material controls 
including financial, operational and 
compliance controls and risk 
management systems.

The system of internal controls is 
designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives and can only 
provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

Operating policies and controls are 
in place and have been in place 
throughout the financial year under 
review, and cover a wide range of 
issues including financial reporting, 
capital expenditure, information 
technology, business continuity and 
management of employees.

Detailed policies ensure the accuracy 
and reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of the Financial 
Statements, including the consolidation 
process. The key elements of the 
Group’s ongoing processes for the 
provision of effective internal control 
and risk management systems, in place 
throughout the year and at the date 
of this report, include:

— regular Board meetings to consider 
matters reserved for the Directors’ 
consideration;

— regular management reporting, 

providing a balanced assessment 
of key risks and controls;

— an annual Board review of corporate 

strategy, including a review of 
material business risks and 
uncertainties facing the business;
— established organisational structure 

with clearly defined lines of 
responsibility and levels of authority;

— documented policies and 

procedures; and

— regular review by the Board of 

financial budgets, forecasts and 
covenants.

45

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

The first Performance Share Plan 
(“PSP”) awards made by the Company 
in January 2015 are expected to vest in 
January 2018 at 100% of the maximum 
award. This reflects full attainment of 
the performance conditions for these 
awards, which required Earnings Per 
Share (“EPS”) to have been at least 
12.0p in the year ended 30 April 2017. 
Actual EPS for the year is 12.5p. 

The other significant action which 
we had to undertake for the first time 
was to consider the treatment of a 
departing Executive Director. 

Accordingly, the principles which we 
have applied in relation to Sean 
Fahey’s departure are, we believe, 
appropriate and in line with our 
shareholder approved remuneration 
policy where an individual retires from 
the Board.

Our new Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy
At our 2017 AGM we are required to 
re-submit our Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy for approval by our shareholders 
as it has been three years since the 
policy was first approved at our 
2014 AGM. 

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
which we are proposing at the 2017 
AGM is largely unchanged from 
our current policy:

— There will be no increase in the 

potential quantum for the Annual 
Incentive Plan (“AIP”) (50% of 
salary maximum).

— Our Executive Directors will continue 
to participate in the PSP, with the 
policy being to make awards at 
100% of base salary per annum.

Overall, we believe that the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy has been 
successful in supporting our strategy 
and delivering strong performance for 
our shareholders. A key element of this 
success has been, and remains, the 
strong message of a team culture 
which comes from having all of our 
Executive Directors, including our 
Executive Chairman, participating 
in the same annual incentive plan 
and long-term incentive plan as 
our senior managers, with all of that 
wider team being incentivised on 
the same performance measures. 

Whilst not a change to our policy, 
we are making changes to the base 
salary levels for our Chief Executive 
Officer, Tony Mannix, and for our 
Chief Financial Officer, David Hodkin. 
From 1 August 2017, Tony’s salary has 
been increased to £276,000 (from 
£228,375) and David’s salary has been 
increased to £218,000 (from £182,700). 
No increase has been made to our 
Executive Chairman’s salary.

These changes do not entail any change 
to our remuneration policy, which 
permits us to pay salaries up to the 
median level for the equivalent role in 
the top half of the FTSE SmallCap, plus 
10%. In fact, the new salaries remain 
below these benchmarks. The changes 
were made only following a thorough 

Mike Russell
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 

Committee Chairman’s introduction 
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased 
to present the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the year to 30 April 2017.

Pay for performance in the year 
ended 30 April 2017
As described more fully in the Strategic 
Report, the financial year ended 
30 April 2017 was another significant 
one for Clipper. The Group performed 
strongly, with EBIT growing by 21.8% to 
£17.9 million.

Although the level of EBIT performance 
for the year ended 30 April 2017 would 
have produced mid-range bonuses for 
the Executive Directors, these bonuses 
have been waived. The Executive 
Directors have asked for this amount of 
value to be used for wider staff bonuses.

46

 Clipper Logistics plc Governancereview during which we took into 
account the growing scale and 
complexity of Clipper since its Initial 
Public Offering (“IPO”) in 2014, plus the 
fact that, other than a 1.5% increase in 
2016 in line with all central office staff, 
our Executive Directors’ salaries have 
remained unchanged from the time of 
our IPO. The overall increases represent 
the equivalent of an annualised increase 
of less than 5.5% p.a. since our IPO. 

We also considered the effect which 
increases in base salaries would have on 
other aspects of our Executive Directors’ 
remuneration. As our overall quantum on 
incentive pay, particularly AIP at 50% of 
base salary maximum, remains modest, 
we are comfortable that these changes 
to base salaries will not produce an 
inappropriate overall increase in total 
packages. Both David and Tony have 
been central in driving Clipper’s success 
and we are confident that these 
increases in base salary will prove to 
be good value for our shareholders.

For completeness, whilst not a 
Remuneration Committee matter, 
the first increases to Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees since the IPO have 
also been made for the year ending 
30 April 2018, with the basic fee 
increasing from £40,000 to £47,500 
and the Senior Independent Director’s 
fee increasing from £60,000 to £65,000. 
No additional fees are paid for chairing 
board committees.

At our 2017 AGM there will be three 
remuneration-related resolutions:

— The normal annual advisory vote on 
our Directors’ Remuneration Report; 

— The vote to approve our new 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy,  
which will apply to all payments to  
be made to Directors from the 2017 
AGM and which (unless altered with 
shareholders’ approval) will apply for 
a period of three years. The Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy is set out in 
Part B of this Report (please see 
pages 53 to 59);

— Consistent with past years, a vote 
to authorise the participation of 
Steve Parkin (Executive Chairman), 
David Hodkin (Chief Financial Officer) 
and Guy Jackson (Company 
Secretary) in the PSP and our 
Sharesave Plan in accordance with 
the requirements of the Takeover 
Panel for “concert parties”.

As I explained in my annual statement 
introducing the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report last year, due to our shareholding 
structure, each year at our AGM we are 
required to seek specific approval from 
our independent shareholders to permit 
the Executive Chairman, the Chief 
Financial Officer and the Company 
Secretary and General Counsel to 
participate in awards under our 
Sharesave Plan and PSP.

Last year we engaged specifically 
with our largest shareholders and 
with leading proxy voting agencies 
regarding this requirement to better 
understand the reasons why circa 20% 
of independent shareholders have not 
supported this resolution each year 
since 2014. Overall, we welcomed 
the feedback which we received. 
Most independent shareholders 
are supportive of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy which we have 
applied since 2014, with the policy being 
seen as effective in driving performance 
whilst not being excessive. Whilst 
noting that having “concert party” 
participation in share plans infringes 
the guidelines of certain proxy voting 
agencies regarding “creeping control”, 
we are proposing to continue to operate 
our current policy with no material 
revisions in order to maintain the team 
ethos which underlies our policies.

The Remuneration Committee hopes 
that you will continue to support our 
approach on remuneration matters. The 
Remuneration Committee is confident 
that the approach we are following is 
the correct one for the Group and 
hopes that it can rely on the support of 
shareholders for all of the remuneration 
related resolutions at the 2017 AGM.

Mike Russell
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

47

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

This report contains the material required to be set out as the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the purposes of Part 4 
of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, which 
amended The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (the “DRR 
regulations”). The auditor has reported on certain parts of the Directors’ Remuneration Report and stated whether, in 
its opinion, those parts have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. Those parts of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report which have been subject to audit are clearly indicated.

Part A: Implementation Report on Remuneration

Audited information
Single Figure Table

Salary  
year ended  
30 April:

Benefits1  
year ended  
30 April:

Annual bonus2  
year ended  
30 April:

£’000

Steve Parkin5

Tony Mannix5

David Hodkin

Sean Fahey6

 2017

411

228

183

152

2016

384

213

180

150

2017

2016

2017

2016

69

29

2

28

67

27

2

27

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

Long-term 
incentives3  
year ended  
30 April:

Pension 
contributions4 
year ended  
30 April:

Total  
year ended  
30 April:

2017

874

486

389

324

2016

2017

2016

2017

nil

nil

nil

nil

10

23

23

15

35

36

23

15

1,364

766

597

519

2016

486

276

205

192

1  Benefits comprise a car allowance or company car, fuel allowance, private family medical cover, and insurance benefits. 
2  Details of the Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) for the financial year ended 30 April 2017 are set out below.
3 

In accordance with the requirements of the DRR regulations, the 2017 value for long-term incentives is an estimate of the vesting outcomes for PSP 
awards granted in 2014/15 and which are due to vest on 14 January 2018. These estimated vesting levels are at 100% reflecting outcomes against the 
EPS performance measures to 30 April 2017. This vesting outcome is applied to the average share price between 1 February 2017 and 30 April 2017 
(380.65p) to produce the estimated long-term incentives figures shown for 2017 in the above table. These assumptions will be revised for actual share 
prices on vesting in the report for 2018. Details of the performance measures and targets applicable to the relevant PSP award are set out on page 49. 

4  David Hodkin’s pension entitlement is paid by way of an additional allowance, taxed as salary. No director participated in a defined benefit pension.
5  Base salaries for Steve Parkin and Tony Mannix in the year ended 30 April 2016 were £405,000 and £225,000 respectively. In the year ended 30 April 

2016, both Steve and Tony surrendered part of their salaries in return for additional employer’s pension contributions. 
Sean Fahey resigned as a director on 28 April 2017. Details regarding Sean’s departure terms are set out below.

6 

AIP outcomes for the year ended 30 April 2017
Performance for the AIP was measured against EBIT (adjusted)1 for the year to 30 April 2017. 

Performance measure

Threshold 
performance 
level for  
2017 AIP

Maximum 
performance 
level for  
2017 AIP

Performance level attained  
for 2017 AIP 

AIP attained 
 as % of
 base salary2

EBIT for financial year to 30 April 2017 (adjusted)1

£16.77m 

£18.54m 

Between threshold and max

nil

1  During the year, the Remuneration Committee deemed that EBIT to be used for AIP purposes should be based on EBIT, but adjusted to include the 
Clicklink joint venture for the year ended 30 April 2017. Had it not done so, management would not have been credited with the performance of 
the Clicklink joint venture in the year ended 30 April 2017.
The Executive Directors have waived their entitlement to an annual bonus for the year ended 30 April 2017.

2 

PSP outcomes for the 2014/15 awards
The performance conditions for the PSP awards included in the Single Figure Table are as shown below.

Performance measure and weighting

Target range

Performance 
achieved

Vesting 
outcome

Adjusted EPS in financial year to 30 April 2017 
(100% of award)

Target range between 10.0p (25% vests)  
and 12.0p (100% vests)

12.5p

100%

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

£’000

Paul Hampden Smith

Stephen Robertson

Mike Russell

Ron Series

Fees year ended 30 April:

Benefits year ended 30 April1:

Total year ended 30 April:

2017

 2016

 2017

 2016

 2017

 2016

60

40

40

40

60

40

40

40

1

3

–

1

1

3

–

2

61

43

40

41

61

43

40

42

1  Benefits amounts reported relate to expenses such as travel and accommodation expenditure incurred on Group business. Whilst these payments are 

the reimbursement of expenses and not benefits per se, they are included as being a payment which is subject to tax.

48

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceDirectors’ interests
The interests (all being beneficial) of the Directors in the Company’s ordinary shares as at 30 April 2017 are set out below:

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Stephen Robertson

Mike Russell

Ron Series

Sean Fahey2 

Paul Hampden Smith3

Ordinary 
shares
Number1

30,000,000

1,358,613

1,358,613

9,410

–

10,000

7,834,397

100,000

1  All shares are wholly owned by Directors or connected persons (i.e. none are subject to performance conditions and none are previously vested but 

as of yet unexercised share options).
2  Resigned as a Director on 28 April 2017.
3  Resigned as a Director on 12 July 2017.

As at the last practicable date prior to publication of this report, there had been no changes to the above shareholdings for 
current directors.

Share plan interests
Performance Share Plan:

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Sean Fahey

Sharesave Plan:

Options  
held at  
1 May 2016

365,056

202,809

162,247

135,205

Options 
lapsed

Options 
granted

Options 
exercised

Option  
grant price 
(p)

Options  
held at 30 
April 2017

Earliest 
exercise 
date

Latest 
exercise 
date

–

–

–

–

108,012

60,007

48,005

40,004

–

–

–

–

nil

nil

nil

nil

473,068 14/01/2018 27/01/2027

262,816 14/01/2018 27/01/2027

210,252 14/01/2018 27/01/2027

175,209 14/01/2018 27/01/2027

Options  
held at  
1 May 2016

Options 
lapsed

Options 
granted

Options 
exercised

Option grant 
price (p)

Options  
held at 30 
April 2017

Earliest 
exercise  
date

Latest 
exercise  
date

Steve Parkin

12,820

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Sean Fahey

10,170

12,820

12,820

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

140.40

12,820 

01/04/2018

30/09/2018

140.40 and
 239.34

140.40

140.40

10,170 

01/04/2018

30/09/2019

12,820

01/04/2018

30/09/2018

12,820

01/04/2018

30/09/2018

1 

The range of market price of shares in Clipper Logistics plc during the year ended 30 April 2017 was 224p to 430p. The closing price on 30 April 2017 
was 385p.

2  None of the Directors paid for the award of options.
3  Options granted in the year under the PSP represent awards with a face value of 100% of base salary for all Executive Directors. This has been calculated 

using the average mid-market price of the three days preceding the date of grant, being 380.58p for the options granted on 27 January 2017.
The threshold level of vesting for the PSP options granted in the year is 25% of the total number of options granted.
The performance conditions attached to the PSP awards granted during the year are set out below.
The exercise price for options under the Sharesave Plan was set at 80% of the three day average market price of shares before invitations to 
participate were made, in accordance with HMRC rules.
The options under the Sharesave Plan were granted under an HMRC tax-advantaged plan and are therefore not subject to performance conditions.

4 
5 
6 

7 

Performance conditions for PSP awards
The performance measures and targets for the PSP awards made in the year to 30 April 2017 are based on EPS performance 
(adjusted in the Remuneration Committee’s discretion for one-off items, where necessary) for the financial year ending 30 April 
2019, summarised as follows:

EPS – Financial year ending 30 April 2019

18.0p

Between 14.7p and 18.0p

14.7p

Less than 14.7p

PSP Award

100%

Pro-rata on straight-line basis between 25% and 100%

25%

0%

49

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Unaudited information
Remuneration Committee
The members of the Remuneration Committee during the year were:

— Mike Russell (Chairman);
— Paul Hampden Smith; and
— Ron Series.

The Remuneration Committee’s principal responsibilities are:

— recommending to the Board the remuneration strategy and framework for the Executive Directors and senior managers;
— determining, within that framework, the individual remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors and senior 

managers; and

— overseeing any major changes in employee benefit structures throughout the Group.

The Executive Chairman is invited to attend meetings of the Remuneration Committee, except when his own remuneration 
is being discussed, and the Chief Financial Officer and other executives attend meetings as required.

Sean Fahey
Sean Fahey has been with Clipper since 1992 and has served on the Board of Clipper Logistics plc since incorporation in 1995. 
Sean Fahey’s retirement as a Director was announced on 29 March 2017 and took effect on 28 April 2017. 

Sean Fahey’s departure terms are in accordance with the terms of his service agreement and the Company’s remuneration 
policy. Sean Fahey will remain with the business until the end of September 2017, and he will continue to receive salary, 
benefits and pension contributions until the end of this period. 

Sean Fahey was entitled to receive an annual bonus for the year ended 30 April 2017 (having remained with the business for 
the whole of that financial year), but not for the year ending 30 April 2018. However, along with the other Executive Directors, 
Sean waived his entitlement to a bonus for the year.

The Board and Remuneration Committee have determined that from the date of his retirement, Sean Fahey will be treated as 
a good leaver under the Company’s share plans. As a result Sean Fahey will retain the awards previously granted in 2015, 2016 
and 2017 under the Company’s PSP. These PSP awards will vest at the originally specified vesting dates, three years after they 
were awarded, will remain subject to the original pre-vesting performance conditions and will additionally be time pro-rated 
at vesting. Sean Fahey’s options under the Sharesave Plan will be treated in accordance with the rules of that plan, which are 
prescribed by HMRC legislation.

Advisors
FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP, signatories to the Remuneration Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct, were appointed by the 
Remuneration Committee following a competitive tender process. FIT provides advice to the Remuneration Committee on all matters 
relating to remuneration, including best practice. FIT provided no other services to the Group and accordingly the Remuneration 
Committee was satisfied that the advice provided by FIT was objective and independent. FIT’s fees in respect of the year ended 
30 April 2017 were £30,000. FIT’s fees were charged on the basis of the firm’s standard terms of business for advice provided.

Implementation of Policy in the year ending 30 April 2018
Executive Directors
Base salary
— Steve Parkin’s base salary for the year ending 30 April 2018 is £411,075 (unchanged from year ending 30 April 2017). 

Tony Mannix’s salary will be increased to £276,000 (currently £228,375) from 1 August 2017, and David Hodkin’s salary will be 
increased to £218,000 (currently £182,700) also from 1 August 2017.

Pension
— Contribution rates for Executive Directors are as follows (expressed as percentages of base salary): Tony Mannix – 10% and David 
Hodkin – 15%. Steve Parkin will receive a contribution of £10,000. These are unchanged from the financial year ended 30 April 2017.

Benefits
— Details of the benefits received by Executive Directors are set out in note 1 to the single figure table on page 48.
— There is no intention to introduce additional benefits in the financial year ending 30 April 2018.

Annual Incentive Plan for the year ending 30 April 2018
— The AIP maximum is 50% of base salary. This is unchanged from the financial year ended 30 April 2017.
— Performance measures for the AIP in the year to 30 April 2018 will be based on EBIT (adjusted in the Remuneration 

Committee’s discretion for one-off items, where necessary). The Remuneration Committee selected EBIT (adjusted, where 
necessary) as the performance measure for the AIP for the year ending 30 April 2018 as it is regarded as a key performance 
indicator for the Group. Given the competitive nature of the Group’s sectors, the specific performance targets for the AIP 

50

 Clipper Logistics plc Governanceare considered to be commercially sensitive and accordingly are not disclosed. Following the conclusion of the current 
financial year, the Remuneration Committee’s intention is to disclose the performance targets for the current financial year 
on a retrospective basis.

Performance Share Plan for the year ending 30 April 2018
— Award levels are proposed at 100% of base salary for each Executive Director. This is unchanged from the financial year 

ended 30 April 2017.

— The performance measures and targets for this award will be based on EPS performance (adjusted in the Remuneration 

Committee’s discretion for one-off items, where necessary) for the financial year ending 30 April 2020.

— The Remuneration Committee selected this performance measure because growth in earnings is a key measure of success 

for the Group.

— The performance targets for the EPS measure will be set by the Committee shortly before the awards are made, it being 
the Company’s practice to make the awards following the announcement of its half-yearly results. Accordingly, this 
allows the Committee to ensure that the targets applied are both appropriately stretching, and relevant to participants. 
The Company will disclose the performance targets for the EPS measure in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Non-Executive Directors 
Fees
— The base fee payable to each Non-Executive Director is as follows: 

— Stephen Robertson – £47,500; 
— Mike Russell – £47,500; and 
— Ron Series – £65,000 (Senior Independent Director).

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the Group’s expenditure on remuneration paid to all employees against distributions to shareholders.

£’000

Remuneration paid to all employees of the Group1

Distributions to shareholders

2017

94,559

6,400

2016

% change

81,253

5,200

+16.4%

+23.1%

1 

Total remuneration reflects overall employee costs. See note 5 to the Group Financial Statements for further information.

Comparative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”)
The DRR regulations require a line graph showing the TSR on a holding of shares in the Company since admission (to the 
London Stock Exchange) (“Admission”) to the financial year end, as well as the TSR for a hypothetical holding of shares in a 
broad equity market index for the same period. The graph below compares the Company’s TSR to the TSR of the FTSE Small 
Cap (excluding investment trusts) over this period.

The FTSE Small Cap (excluding investment trusts) was chosen as a comparator as it is most closely aligned with Clipper’s activity.

Total Shareholder Return Index (30 May 2014 = 100)

450

300

150

0

30 May
2014

30 April
2015

30 April
2016

30 April
2017

Clipper Logistics plc

FTSE SmallCap Index excluding investment trusts

Source: Thomson Reuters

The DRR regulations also require a table setting out selected details of the remuneration of the Executive Chairman over the 
same period as shown on the TSR graph: 

Year ended 30 April 2017: Steve Parkin

Year ended 30 April 2016: Steve Parkin

Year ended 30 April 2015: Steve Parkin

* 

Steve waived his entitlement to his bonus for the year ended 30 April 2017.

Annual 
variable 
element 
award rates 
against 
maximum 
opportunity

Long-term 
incentive 
vesting rates 
against 
maximum 
opportunity

Single figure 
of total 
remuneration 
(£’000)

1,364

0.0%*

100.0%

486

518

0.0%

20.8%

n/a

n/a

51

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Executive Chairman’s relative pay
In accordance with the DRR regulations, we present in the table below the percentage change in the prescribed pay 
elements (salary, taxable benefits, and annual bonus outcome) of the Executive Chairman and the average percentage 
change for all Group staff between the year ended 30 April 2016 and the year ended 30 April 2017.

Year-on-year % change

Executive Chairman

All-employees

Salary

1.5%

3.9%

Taxable 
benefits Annual bonus

2.3%

7.7%

n/a

7.3%

The salary figures reflect the % difference between the Executive Chairman’s salary for year ended 30 April 2017 (£411,075)  
and for the year ended 30 April 2016 (£405,000) before any adjustment for additional pension contributions made by way  
of a salary sacrifice.

AGM voting results
Details of the votes on remuneration matters held at the 2016 AGM are as follows:

Resolution

Votes for

% for Votes against

% against

Total votes

Withheld

Approve Directors’ 
Remuneration Report

Approve participation by “Concert 
Party” in PSP and Sharesave Plan

84,875,681

99.87%

107,045

0.13%

84,982,726

0

 34,646,888

78.33%

9,583,075

21.67%

44,229,963

1,559,753

As explained in the Committee Chairman’s introduction at the beginning of this report, the Committee understands that the 
reason for the voting outcome in relation to the “Concert Party” resolution was a concern raised by certain governance 
bodies in relation to the Executive Chairman’s participation in the PSP given the level of his existing shareholding in the 
Company. However, this participation in the PSP was consistent with the importance of a continued team ethic within the 
Clipper Senior Management Team which forms a key part of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy which received strong 
shareholder support at the 2014 AGM.

Service contracts summary
Each Executive Director has a service contract of indefinite duration with a notice period of twelve months, which may be 
given by the Company or the individual.

The date of each Executive Director’s contract is:
Steve Parkin 
Tony Mannix 
David Hodkin 

30 May 2014 
30 May 2014 
30 May 2014

Non-Executive Directors
Each Non-Executive Director is engaged for an initial period of three years. The appointments can be renewed 
following the initial three year term. The engagements can be terminated by either party on three months’ notice.

The Non-Executive Directors cannot participate in the Company’s share schemes, are not entitled to pension benefits and are 
not entitled to payment in compensation for early termination of their appointment.

For each Non-Executive Director the effective date of their latest letter of appointment is:
Stephen Robertson 
Mike Russell 
Ron Series 

1 May 2017 
1 May 2017 
1 May 2017

52

 Clipper Logistics plc Governance 
 
 
 
 
Part B: Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy as set out in this section of the Remuneration Report will, if approved by shareholders,  
take effect for all payments made to Directors from the date of the AGM on 25 September 2017.

Remuneration Policy table
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy is summarised in the table below. The table indicates where any material changes 
have been made from the previous Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved at the 2014 AGM.

Element and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

Changes from 
previous policy

No changes

N/A

In the normal course of 
events, the Executive 
Directors’ salaries would 
not normally be 
increased by more than 
the average awarded to 
staff generally. However, 
given the need for a 
formal cap under the 
DRR regulations, the 
Remuneration 
Committee has further 
limited the maximum 
salary which it may 
award to Executive 
Directors to the median 
salary level plus 10% for 
that role in the top half 
of the FTSE SmallCap.

Base salary
This is the core element 
of pay and reflects the 
individual’s role and 
position within the 
Group with some 
adjustment to reflect 
their capability and 
contribution.

Benefits
To provide benefits 
valued by recipients.

Base salaries will be 
reviewed each year 
by the Remuneration 
Committee.

The Remuneration 
Committee does not 
strictly follow data but 
uses it as a reference 
point in considering,  
in its judgement, the 
appropriate level of 
salary having regard to 
other relevant factors 
including corporate and 
individual performance 
and any changes in an 
individual’s role and 
responsibilities.

Base salary is paid 
monthly in cash.

The Executive Directors 
may receive a car 
allowance or company 
car, fuel allowance, 
private family medical 
cover and insurance 
benefits.

The Remuneration 
Committee reserves 
discretion to introduce 
new benefits where 
it concludes that  
it is appropriate to  
do so, having regard 
to the particular 
circumstances and  
to market practice.

Where appropriate, the 
Group will meet certain 
costs relating to 
Executive Director 
relocations.

N/A

No changes

It is not possible to 
prescribe the likely 
change in the cost of 
insured benefits or the 
cost of some of the other 
reported benefits 
year-to-year, but the 
provision of benefits will 
operate within an annual 
limit of £100,000 (plus a 
further 100% of base 
salary in the case of 
relocations).

The Remuneration 
Committee will monitor 
the costs in practice and 
ensure that the overall 
costs do not increase 
by more than the 
Remuneration 
Committee considers 
appropriate in all the 
circumstances.

53

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Changes from 
previous policy

No changes

No changes

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Element and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

Pension
To provide  
retirement benefits.

Annual Incentive Plan 
(“AIP”)
To motivate executives 
and incentivise delivery 
of performance over 
a one-year operating 
cycle, focusing on the 
short to medium term 
elements of our 
strategic  aims.

Executive Directors 
can receive pension 
contributions to personal 
pension arrangements, or 
if a Director is impacted 
by annual or lifetime limits 
on contribution levels to 
qualifying pension plans, 
the balance can be paid 
as a cash supplement.

AIP levels and the 
appropriateness of 
measures are reviewed 
annually at the 
commencement of 
each financial year to 
ensure they continue to 
support our strategy.

Once set, performance 
measures and targets 
will generally remain 
unchanged for the year, 
except to reflect events 
such as corporate 
acquisitions or other 
major transactions 
where the Remuneration 
Committee considers  
it to be necessary in 
its opinion to make 
appropriate adjustments.

AIP outcomes are paid 
in cash following the 
determination of 
achievement against 
performance measures 
and targets.

Malus and clawback 
provisions apply to the 
AIP as explained in more 
detail in the notes to 
this table.

The maximum employer’s 
contribution is limited to 
15% of base salary.

N/A

The maximum level of AIP 
outcomes is 50% of base 
salary p.a. for the 
duration of this Policy.

The performance 
measures applied may 
be financial or non-
financial and corporate, 
divisional or individual 
and in such proportions 
as the Remuneration 
Committee considers 
appropriate.

Attaining the threshold 
level of performance for 
any measure will not 
produce a pay-out of 
more than 20% of the 
maximum portion of 
overall AIP attributable 
to that measure, with 
a sliding scale to full 
pay-out for maximum 
performance.

However, the AIP 
remains a discretionary 
arrangement and the 
Remuneration Committee 
retains a standard power 
to apply its judgement 
to adjust the outcome 
of the AIP for any 
performance measure 
(from zero to any cap) 
should it consider that 
to be appropriate.

54

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceElement and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

Changes from 
previous policy

No changes

The PSP allows for awards 
over shares with a 
maximum value of 150% 
of base salary per 
financial year.

The Remuneration 
Committee expressly 
reserves discretion to 
make such awards as it 
considers appropriate 
within these limits.

The Remuneration 
Committee may set such 
performance conditions 
on PSP awards as it 
considers appropriate 
(whether financial or 
non-financial and 
whether corporate, 
divisional or individual).

Once set, performance 
measures and targets will 
generally remain 
unaltered unless events 
occur which, in the 
Remuneration 
Committee’s opinion, 
make it appropriate to 
substitute, vary or waive 
the performance 
conditions in such 
manner as the 
Remuneration 
Committee thinks fit.

Performance periods 
may be over such 
periods as the 
Remuneration 
Committee selects at 
grant, which will not be 
less than  
(but may be longer than) 
three years.

No more than  
25% of awards vest  
for attaining the 
threshold level of 
performance conditions.

Long-Term Incentives 
(“LTI”) 
To motivate and 
incentivise delivery of 
sustained performance 
over the long-term, and 
to promote alignment 
with shareholders’ 
interests, the Group 
operates a 
Performance Share 
Plan (“PSP”).

Share ownership 
guidelines
To further align the 
interests of Executive 
Directors with those 
of shareholders.

Awards under the PSP 
may be granted as 
nil-cost options or 
conditional awards of 
shares which vest to the 
extent performance 
conditions are satisfied 
over a period of at least 
three years.

Under the PSP  
rules, vested awards may 
also be settled in cash.

The PSP rules allow that 
the number of shares 
subject to vested PSP 
awards may be 
increased to reflect the 
value of dividends that 
would have been paid in 
respect of any dividend 
dates falling between 
the grant of awards and 
the vesting of awards. 
Whilst this feature does 
not currently operate for 
awards, the Remuneration 
Committee retains 
discretion to introduce 
this feature during the 
period of this policy.

Malus and clawback 
provisions apply to PSP 
awards and are 
explained in more detail 
in the notes to this table.

Executive Directors are 
expected to retain all 
of the ordinary shares 
vesting under the  
PSP, after any disposals 
for the payment of 
applicable taxes, until 
they have achieved 
the required level of 
shareholding.

100% of salary for all 
Executive Directors.

N/A

No changes

The Remuneration 
Committee reserves 
the power to amend 
(but not reduce) these 
levels in future years.

55

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Changes from 
previous policy

No changes

Element and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

Consistent with normal 
practice, such awards 
are not subject to 
performance conditions.

All-employee  
share plans 
To encourage  
share ownership by 
employees, thereby 
allowing them to share 
in the long-term success 
of the Group and align 
their interests with those 
of the shareholders.

The Sharesave Plan is an 
all-employee share plan 
established under the 
HMRC tax-advantaged 
regime and follows the 
usual form for such plans.

Executive Directors are 
able to participate in 
all-employee share plans 
on the same terms as 
other Group employees.

The exercise price of the 
options is usually equal to 
the market price of the 
shares at the date of 
invitation to participate 
less a maximum discount 
of 20%.

The maximum amount 
that can be invested in 
the plan will not exceed 
the statutory limit from 
time to time (currently 
£500 pcm).

The options vest  
on the third anniversary 
of the commencement 
of the savings period.

Non-Executive 
Director fees 
To enable the  
Group to recruit  
and retain Non-
Executive Directors  
of the highest  
calibre, at the 
appropriate cost.

The fees paid to Non-
Executive Directors 
aim to be competitive 
with other fully listed 
companies of equivalent 
size and complexity.

The fees payable  
to the Non-Executive 
Directors are determined 
by the Board.

Fees are paid monthly 
in cash.

N/A

No changes

Any increases made 
will be appropriately 
disclosed.

Notes to the Policy Table
1. Malus and clawback
Malus (being the forfeiture of unvested awards) and clawback (being the ability of the Company to claim repayment of paid 
amounts as a debt) provisions apply to the AIP and PSP if, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, any of the following 
has occurred:

— there has been a material misstatement of the Group’s financial results which has led to an overpayment;
— the assessment of performance targets is based on an error or inaccurate or misleading information or assumptions;
— circumstances warranting summary dismissal; or 
— any other act or omission that has had a sufficiently significant impact on the reputation of the Group to justify the 

operation of malus/clawback.

Amounts in respect of awards under both plans may be subject to clawback for up to three years post payment or vesting 
as appropriate.

2. Stating maximum amounts for the Remuneration Policy
The DRR regulations and related investor guidance encourages companies to disclose a cap within which each element 
of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will operate. Where maximum amounts for elements of remuneration have been 
set within the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, these will operate simply as caps and are not indicative of any aspiration.

3. Travel and hospitality
While the Remuneration Committee does not consider it to form part of benefits in the normal usage of that term, it has been 
advised that corporate hospitality (whether paid for by the Group or another company) and business travel for Directors 
(and exceptionally their families) may technically come within the applicable rules and so the Remuneration Committee 
expressly reserves the right for the Remuneration Committee to authorise such activities within its agreed policies.

56

 Clipper Logistics plc Governance4. Differences between the policy on remuneration for Directors from the policy on remuneration of other employees 
Where the Group’s pay policy for Directors differs to its pay policies for groups of employees, this reflects the appropriate 
market rate position for the relevant roles. The Company takes into account pay levels, bonus opportunity and share awards 
applied across the Group as a whole when setting the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 

5. Discretions reserved in operating incentive plans
The Committee will operate the AIP and PSP according to their respective rules and the above Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy table. The Committee retains certain discretions, consistent with market practice, in relation to the operation and 
administration of these plans including:

— the timing of awards and payments; 
— the size of awards, within the overall limits disclosed in the policy table; 
— the determination of performance measures and targets and resultant vesting and pay-out levels;
— (as described in the termination payment policy section below) determination of the treatment of individuals who leave 
employment, based on the rules of the incentive plans, and the treatment of the incentive plans on exceptional events, 
such as a change of control of the Company; and

— the ability to make adjustments to existing awards made under the incentive plans in certain circumstances (e.g. rights 

issues, corporate restructurings or special dividends).

While performance conditions will generally remain unchanged once set, the Committee has the usual discretions to  
amend the measures, weightings and targets in exceptional circumstances (such as a major transaction) where the original 
conditions would cease to operate as intended. Any such changes would be explained in the subsequent Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and, if appropriate, be the subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders.

6. Previous Policies
The Company will honour all pre-existing commitments made under previous policies in accordance with the terms of 
such commitments. 

Recruitment remuneration policy
In terms of the principles for setting a package for a new Executive Director, the starting point for the Committee will be to 
apply the general policy for Executive Directors as set out above and structure a package in accordance with that policy. 
Consistent with the DRR regulations, the caps contained within the policy for fixed pay do not apply to new recruits, although 
the Committee would not envisage exceeding these caps in practice.

The AIP and PSP will operate (including the maximum award levels) as detailed in the general policy in relation to any newly 
appointed Executive Director. For an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may 
either continue on its original terms or be adjusted to reflect the new appointment as appropriate.

For external and internal appointments, the Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain relocation expenses 
as it considers appropriate. 

For external candidates, it may be necessary to make additional awards to buy-out awards forfeited by the individual on 
leaving a previous employer. 

For the avoidance of doubt, buy-out awards are not subject to a formal cap. Details of any buy-out awards will be 
appropriately disclosed.

For any buy-outs the Company will not pay more than is, in the view of the Committee, necessary and will in all cases seek, 
in the first instance, to deliver any such awards under the terms of the existing AIP and PSP. It may, however, be necessary in 
some cases to make buy-out awards on terms that are more bespoke than the existing AIP and PSP (including in reliance on 
UKLA Listing Rule 9.4.2). 

All buy-outs, whether under the AIP, PSP or otherwise, will take account of the service obligations and performance 
requirements for any remuneration relinquished by the individual when leaving a previous employer. The Committee will 
seek to make buy-outs subject to what are, in its opinion, comparable requirements in respect of, service and performance. 
However, the Committee may choose to relax this requirement in certain cases (such as where the service and/or 
performance requirements are materially completed, or where such factors are, in the view of the Committee, reflected in 
some other way, such as a significant discount to the face value of the awards forfeited) and where the Committee considers 
it to be in the interests of shareholders.

A new Non-Executive Director would be recruited on the terms explained above in respect of the main policy for such Directors.

57

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Termination policy summary
It is appropriate for the Committee to consider treatments on a termination having regard to all of the relevant facts 
and circumstances available at that time. This policy applies both to any negotiations linked to notice periods on a 
termination and any treatments that the Committee may choose to apply under the discretions available to it under 
the terms of the AIP and PSP plans. The potential treatments on termination under these plans are summarised below.

Incentives

Annual Incentive Plan

Performance Share Plan

If a leaver is deemed to be 
a ‘good leaver’; for example, 
leaving through death or 
otherwise at the discretion  
of the Committee

If a leaver is deemed to be 
a ‘bad leaver’; for example, 
leaving for disciplinary reasons 
or to join a competitor

Other exceptional cases; 
e.g. change in control

Committee has discretion 
to determine AIP. 

No awards made.

Committee has discretion 
to determine AIP.

All awards will  
normally lapse.

Will receive a pro-rated 
award subject to the 
application of the 
performance conditions 
at the date of the event, 
subject to standard 
Committee discretions 
to vary time pro-rating.

Will receive a pro-rated 
award subject to the 
application of the 
performance conditions 
at the end of the normal 
performance period.

Committee retains standard 
discretions to either vary 
time pro-rating or to allow 
vesting after the date of 
cessation (determining the 
performance conditions 
at that time).

The Company has power to enter into settlement agreements with executives and to pay compensation to settle 
potential legal claims. In addition, and consistent with market practice, in the event of termination of an Executive Director, 
the Company may pay a contribution towards the individual’s legal fees and fees for outplacement services as part of 
a negotiated settlement. Any such fees would be disclosed as part of the detail of termination arrangements. For the 
avoidance of doubt, the policy does not include an explicit cap on the cost of termination payments.

In the event of cessation of a Non-Executive Director’s appointment, they would be entitled to a three month notice period. 

External appointments
Where Executive Directors serve on the boards of other companies in a non-executive role, the individuals are permitted 
to retain any fees earned for acting as a non-executive director.

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
Pay and employment conditions generally in the Group are taken into account when setting Executive Directors’ remuneration. 
The Committee receives regular updates on overall pay and conditions in the Group, including (but not limited to) changes 
in base pay and any staff bonus pools in operation. There is also oversight of the all-employee Sharesave Plan which Executive 
Directors and all other Group employees can participate in on the same terms and conditions.

The Company did not consult with employees in drawing up this Remuneration Report.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Committee welcomes feedback from all shareholders and from shareholder representative bodies. As explained in the 
Committee Chairman’s introductory statement, in 2016 the Committee engaged with shareholder and representative bodies 
to discuss the continued operation of our current policy, including the inclusion of our Executive Chairman and other “Concert 
Party” individuals in our PSP.

58

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceIllustrations of application of remuneration policy (£’000)

Executive Chairman – Steve Parkin

CEO – Tony Mannix

CFO – David Hodkin

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£1,108

37%

19%

£717

15%

17%

£490

100%

68%

44%

£748

37%

19%

£486

15%

17%

68%

44%

£333

100%

£374
15%
17%

68%

£253

100%

£581

38%

19%

43%

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

Total fixed pay

Annual Incentive Plan

Long-term Incentives

The charts above aim to show how the remuneration policy set out above for Executive Directors is applied using the 
following assumptions:

— Consists of base salary, benefits and pension.

— Base salary is the salary to be paid in the year ending 30 April 2018.

— Benefits measured as benefits paid in the year ended 30 April 2017 as set out in the single figure table.

Minimum

— Pension measured as the defined contribution or cash allowance in lieu of Company contributions, as a 
percentage of salary (£10,000 for Steve Parkin, 10% for Tony Mannix and 15% in the case of David Hodkin).

£’000

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Base Salary

Benefits

Pension

Total Fixed

411

276

218

69

29

2

10

28

33

490

333

253

In line with 
expectations

Based on what the Director would receive if performance was on-target (excl. share price appreciation 
and dividends):

— STI: consists of the on-target bonus of 60% of maximum opportunity.
— LTI: consists of the threshold level of vesting (25% vesting), plus the fair value of full investment in the 

Sharesave Plan (£1,200).

Based on the maximum remuneration receivable (excl. share price appreciation and dividends):

Maximum

— STI: consists of maximum bonus of 50% of base salary.
— LTI: consists of the face value of awards (100% of salary), plus the fair value of full investment in the 

Sharesave Plan (£1,200).

This report was reviewed and approved by the Board on 27 July 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Mike Russell
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

59

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
Directors
The names and biographies of the current Directors of the Company are set out 
on pages 36 and 37 of this Annual Report.

The following Directors served the Company during the year ended 30 April 2017:

Name

Position

Steven (Steve) Nicholas Parkin

Executive Chairman

Antony (Tony) Gerard Mannix

Chief Executive Officer

David Arthur Hodkin

Chief Financial Officer

Sean Eugene Fahey1

Chief Information Officer

Paul Nigel Hampden Smith2

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Stephen Peter Robertson

Independent Non-Executive Director

Ronald (Ron) Charles Series

Independent Non-Executive Director

Michael (Mike) John Russell

Independent Non-Executive Director

Sean Fahey retired with effect from 28 April 2017. 

1 
2  Paul Hampden Smith retired with effect from 12 July 2017.

Directors’ share interests
Details of the Directors’ interests in 
the Company’s shares are included 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on page 49. Between 30 April 2017 
and 24 July 2017 (being the latest 
practicable date before publication) 
there had been no change in the 
continuing Directors’ interests as set  
out on page 49. 

Directors’ indemnities
The Company provided indemnities 
to each of its Directors during the year 
ended 30 April 2017 in accordance 
with the provisions of the Company’s 
Articles of Association, allowing the 
indemnification of Directors out of the 
assets of the Company to the extent 
permitted by law. These indemnities 
constitute qualifying indemnities for 
the purposes of the Companies Act 
2006 and remain in force at the date 
of approval of this report without  
any payment having been made 
under them.

Significant contracts
The only significant contract involving 
any Director or controlling shareholder 
of the Company during the year was 
the Relationship Agreement (referred to 
later in this report) entered into between 
the Company and Steve Parkin and 
Carlton Court Investments Limited.

Compensation for loss of office
There are no agreements between 
the Company and its Directors or 
employees providing for compensation 
for loss of office or employment that 
occurs as a result of a takeover bid. 
Further details of the Directors’ service 
contracts can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 46 
to 59.

Directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance 
Directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance cover is in place at the 
date of this report. The Board remains 
satisfied that an appropriate level of 
cover is in place and a review of cover 
will take place on an annual basis.

Directors’ Report

The Directors are pleased to present 
their report and the audited Financial 
Statements of Clipper Logistics plc for 
the year ended 30 April 2017.

The Corporate Governance Report 
on pages 38 to 41 and the “Our People” 
and “Sustainability” sections of the 
Strategic Report (with regard to 
information about the employment of 
disabled persons, employee 
involvement and greenhouse gas 
emissions) are also incorporated into 
this report by reference.

The Company has chosen, in 
accordance with section 414C (11) of 
the Companies Act 2006 to include the 
disclosure of particulars of likely future 
developments in the Strategic Report 
(see pages 8 to 35).

Financial risk management
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and 
position are set out in the Operating 
and Financial Review on pages 30 to 
35, along with the financial position of 
the Group, its cash flows and liquidity.

In addition, note 26 to the Group 
Financial Statements includes the 
Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for capital and financial risk 
management, including information 
on the Group’s exposures to market risk, 
including foreign currency, interest rate, 
inflation and equity price risks; details 
of its financial instruments and hedging 
activities; and its exposures to credit risk 
and liquidity risk.

Results and dividends
The consolidated profit for the Group 
for the year after taxation was £12.5 
million (2016: £10.3 million). The results 
are discussed in greater detail in the 
Operating and Financial Review on 
pages 30 to 35 and set out in the 
Group Income Statement on page 68.

The Directors are recommending  
the payment on 29 September 2017 of a 
final dividend of 4.8 pence per ordinary 
share to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 8 September 
2017 which, together with the interim 
dividend of 2.4 pence per ordinary 
share paid on 30 December 2016, 
results in a total dividend for the year 
of 7.2 pence per share (2016: net 
dividend 6.0 pence).

60

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceArticles of Association
The Articles of Association (adopted 
by special resolution on 15 May 2014) 
(the “Articles”) may only be 
amended by special resolution 
of the shareholders. A copy of the 
Articles is available on request from 
the Company Secretary.

Share capital structure
Details of the Company’s share capital 
are set out in note 22 to the Group 
Financial Statements on page 92. 
During the year the Company issued 
17,627 new ordinary shares of 0.05p 
each pursuant to the exercise of 
options granted to certain employees 
of the Company under the Company’s 
Sharesave Plan approved by 
shareholders at the 2014 AGM. The 
Company has a single class of share 
capital divided into ordinary shares 
of 0.05p each. The ordinary shares are 
listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
The rights and obligations attaching  
to these shares are governed by  
UK law and the Company’s Articles 
of Association.

Voting rights attaching to shares
Ordinary shareholders are entitled 
to receive notice and to attend and 
speak at any general meeting of the 
Company. On a show of hands, every 
shareholder present in person or 
by proxy (or being a corporation 
represented by a duly authorised 
representative) shall have one vote, 
and on a poll every shareholder who 
is present in person or by proxy shall 
have one vote for every share of which 
he is the holder. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting specifies deadlines 
for exercising voting rights and 
appointing a proxy or proxies.

Deadlines for exercising voting 
rights attaching to shares
The Articles provide a deadline  
for the submission of proxy forms 
(whether by an instrument in writing  
or electronically) of not less than 
48 hours before the time appointed  
for the holding of the meeting or the 
adjourned meeting.

Shares in uncertificated form
Directors may determine that shares 
may be held in uncertificated form and 
title to such shares may be transferred 
by means of a relevant system or that 
shares should cease to be so held 
and transferred.

Variation of rights attaching to shares 
The Articles provide that rights 
attached to any class of shares may be 
varied with the written consent of the 
holders of not less than three-quarters 
in nominal value of the issued shares, or 
with the sanction of a special resolution 
passed at a separate general meeting 
of the holders of those shares. At every 
such separate general meeting, the 
quorum shall be two persons holding or 
representing by proxy at least one-third 
in nominal value of the issued shares 
(calculated excluding any shares held 
in treasury). The rights conferred upon 
the holders of any shares shall not, 
unless otherwise expressly provided in 
the rights attaching to those shares, be 
deemed to be varied by the creation 
or issue of further shares ranking pari 
passu with them.

Restrictions on the transfer of shares 
There are no restrictions on the transfer 
of the ordinary shares other than:

— the standard restrictions for a 

UK-quoted company where any 
amount is unpaid on a share;
— where, from time to time, certain 

restrictions may become imposed 
by laws and regulations (for example, 
insider trading laws and marketing 
requirements relating to close 
periods); and

— pursuant to the Listing Rules of 

the Financial Conduct Authority 
whereby certain Directors, officers or 
employees of the Company require 
the approval of the Company to 
deal in the ordinary shares.

On 30 May 2014 each of the Executive 
Directors (save for Steve Parkin) and 
certain persons who held ordinary 
shares after the Company’s Admission 
or whose associates held such shares 
entered into an agreement with Steve 
Parkin agreeing to certain restrictions 
on their ability (and that of their family) 
to dispose of ordinary shares in which 
they are interested for a period of five 
years from the date of Admission. 
Under the terms of the agreement, the 
obligors may not dispose of any interest 
in the ordinary shares held by them at 
Admission until the fourth year of the 
five year period. During the fourth 
year of the period, each obligor may 
dispose of up to one third of the 
ordinary shares in which he is interested 
at Admission. During the fifth year of 
the five year period, each obligor 
may dispose of up to two thirds of the 
ordinary shares in which he is interested 
at Admission (less a number equal to 
those ordinary shares sold during the 
prior year (if any)).

Authority to purchase own shares
A resolution to authorise the Company 
to purchase up to 10,000,000 ordinary 
shares of 0.05p each (representing less 
than 10% of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital) will be proposed 
at the 2017 AGM.

As at 25 July 2017, being the latest 
practicable date prior to the publication 
of this report, the Company did not hold 
any shares in treasury.

Appointment and replacement 
of Directors
Unless determined by ordinary 
resolution of the Company, the number 
of Directors shall not be less than two or 
more than 12 in number. A Director is 
not required to hold any shares in the 
Company by way of qualification.

The Board may appoint any person to 
be a Director and such Director shall 
hold office only until the next AGM, 
when he or she shall be eligible for 
appointment by the shareholders. 
The articles provide that at each AGM, 
one-third of the Directors for the time 
being (or, if their number is not a 
multiple of three, then the number 
nearest to but not less than one-third) 
shall retire from office. A Director who 
retires at any AGM shall be eligible 
for re-appointment. In addition, any 
Director appointed by the Board shall 
hold office only until the next AGM and 
shall then be eligible for appointment.

On 30 May 2014, the Company entered 
into an agreement (the “Relationship 
Agreement”) with Steve Parkin and his 
nominee company Carlton Court 
Investments Limited (the “Controlling 
Shareholders”). Pursuant to that 
agreement the Company has agreed 
with the Controlling Shareholders that 
the Controlling Shareholders shall be 
entitled to appoint and remove one 
Director to the Board so long as the 
Controlling Shareholders (and/or any of 
their associates) when taken together, 
hold 25% or more of the voting rights 
over the Company’s issued shares. 
Where any Controlling Shareholder has 
already been nominated to the board 
as a Director himself such appointment 
will reduce the number of persons 
which the Controlling Shareholders are 
entitled to nominate for appointment 
by one.

Any person appointed by the 
Controlling Shareholders to the board 
may be removed by the Controlling 
Shareholders by notice in writing.

61

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
applicants for employment are given 
full and fair consideration having 
regard to their particular aptitudes 
and abilities, and that existing disabled 
employees are given equal access to 
training, career development and 
promotion opportunities. In the event  
of existing employees becoming 
disabled, all reasonable means will 
be explored to achieve retention 
in employment in the same or an 
alternative capacity, including 
arranging appropriate training.  
Further details in relation to the Group’s 
employment policy are set out in the 
People section of the Strategic Report 
on pages 24 to 27.

Significant agreements
There are a number of agreements 
which, subject to any discussions with 
relevant parties, would terminate upon 
a change of control of the Company 
such as commercial contracts, bank 
loan agreements, property lease 
arrangements and employees’ share 
plans. None of these individually is 
considered to be significant in terms 
of their likely impact on the business 
of the Group as a whole.

Political donations
The Company has made no 
political donations since Admission 
on 4 June 2014 and intends to 
continue its policy of not doing so.

Charitable donations
During the year to 30 April 2017,  
the Group made charitable donations 
totalling £59,000 (2016: £72,000).

Directors’ Report continued

Relationship agreement with 
controlling shareholders 
Carlton Court Investments Limited 
(“Carlton”) holds 29.9% of the issued 
share capital of the Company. As such 
Carlton is a Controlling Shareholder as 
defined in the Listing Rules. Carlton is 
controlled by Steve Parkin. Steve Parkin 
and Carlton have entered into, and 
the Company’s relationship with them 
is governed by the terms of, the 
Relationship Agreement referred to 
above, the principal purpose of which 
is to ensure that the Company and 
the Group is capable of carrying on 
its business independently of the 
Controlling Shareholders and that 
any transactions and relationships 
with the Controlling Shareholders are 
conducted at arm’s length and on 
normal commercial terms.

The Controlling Shareholders have 
agreed to procure that their associates 
also comply with the Relationship 
Agreement. The Relationship 
Agreement will continue for so long 
as the Company is listed on the main 
market for listed securities of London 
Stock Exchange plc and the Controlling 
Shareholders and their associates 
own or control at least 25% of the 
Company’s issued share capital or 
voting rights.

The Listing Rules require premium  
listed companies with controlling 
shareholders to provide a confirmation 
in their annual reports that all of the 
independence provisions contained 
in their agreements have been 
complied with.

In line with this requirement, the  
Board has assessed the Controlling 
Shareholders’ and Company’s 
compliance with the Relationship 
Agreement’s independence 
requirements and has assessed 
compliance with these requirements 
during the period under review. 
As such, the Board can confirm that 
since the entry into the Relationship 
Agreement on 30 May 2014 until 25 July 
2017, being the latest practicable date 
prior to the publication of this Annual 
Report and Accounts: 

(i)  the Company has complied with the 
independence provisions included 
in the Relationship Agreement;
(ii)  so far as the Company is aware, 
the independence provisions 
included in the Relationship 
Agreement have been complied 
with by each of the Controlling 
Shareholders and their associates 
and also by the Company; and

(iii) so far as the Company is aware, 

the procurement obligation included 
in the Relationship Agreement has 
been complied with by each of the 
Controlling Shareholders.

Power of Directors
Subject to the Articles, the Companies 
Act and any directions given by special 
resolution, the business of the Company 
shall be managed by the Board which 
may exercise all the powers of the 
Company to, for example, borrow 
money; mortgage or charge any of its 
undertaking, property and uncalled 
capital; and issue debentures and 
other securities, whether outright or 
as collateral security for any debt, 
liability or obligation of the Company.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Group’s disclosures on greenhouse 
gas emissions can be found in the 
Sustainability section of the strategic 
report on pages 28 and 29 and 
form part of the Directors’ Report.

Employment policies
Arrangements for consulting and 
involving Group employees on matters 
affecting their interests at work, and 
informing them of the performance 
of their employing business and the 
Group, are developed in ways 
appropriate to each business. A variety 
of approaches is adopted aimed at 
encouraging the involvement of 
employees in effective communication 
and consultation, and the contribution 
of productive ideas at all levels.

Employment policies are designed to 
provide equal opportunities irrespective 
of race, caste, national origin, religion, 
age, disability, gender, marital status, 
sexual orientation or political affiliation. 
Group policy is to ensure that disabled 

62

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceMajor interests in shares
As at 7 July 2017, being the last practicable date prior to publication of this 
report, the Company had been advised, in accordance with the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, of the following notifiable 
interests (whether directly or indirectly held) in 3% or more of its voting rights:

Notification received from

Number of 
voting rights

%

Carlton Court Investments Limited1

30,000,000

29.92%

Liontrust Asset Management

11,943,090

11.91%

SOMLIE Limited2

The Chima Settlement

Unicorn Asset Management

Hargreave Hale

7,483,542

6,999,999

5,585,000

4,503,500

Legal and General Investment Management

4,249,828

Franklin Templeton Fund Management

3,400,000

1  Ultimately controlled by Steve Parkin, Executive Chairman.
2  Ultimately controlled by Sean Fahey. 

7.46%

6.98%

5.57%

4.49%

4.24%

3.39%

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s Annual General 
Meeting will be held at Clipper 
Logistics, 11th Floor, Central Square, 
29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL 
on 25 September 2017 at 11.00am. 
Details of the meeting venue and 
the resolutions to be proposed are 
set out in a Notice of Meeting which 
will be issued under separate cover.

The Directors consider that all of the 
proposed resolutions are in the best 
interests of the Company and its 
shareholders as a whole. It is the 
Directors’ recommendation that 
shareholders support the proposed 
resolutions and vote in favour of them, 
as each of the Directors intends to do.

The Directors’ Report has been 
approved by the Board of Directors 
of Clipper Logistics plc.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

Guy Jackson
Company Secretary 
27 July 2017

Clipper Logistics plc 
Registered Office: 
Gelderd Road 
Leeds LS12 6LT

Company No. 03042024

Going concern
After making enquiries, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that 
the Company and Group have 
adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. In making this 
assessment they have considered the 
Company and Group budgets and 
cash flow forecasts for the period to 
30 April 2020. The Company has 
considerable financial resources, 
negligible liquidity risk and is operating 
within a sector that is experiencing 
growing demand for its services. The 
Directors therefore have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and 
the Group have adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. Thus they 
continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the 
annual Financial Statements. Further 
information is disclosed in the Viability 
Statement on page 23 and note 2.2 
to the Group Financial Statements.

Audit information
Each of the Directors at the date of the 
approval of this report confirms that:

— so far as he is aware, there is 

no relevant audit information of 
which the Group’s auditor is 
unaware; and

— he has taken all the reasonable steps 
that he ought to have taken as a 
Director to make himself aware of 
any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Group’s auditor 
is aware of the information.

The confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with 
the provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Auditor
The auditor, KPMG LLP has indicated its 
willingness to continue in office and a 
resolution seeking to reappoint KPMG 
LLP will be proposed at the Annual 
General Meeting.

63

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
in respect of the Annual Report and Accounts

Under applicable law and regulations, 
the Directors are also responsible for 
preparing a strategic report, directors’ 
report, directors’ remuneration report 
and corporate governance statement 
that complies with that law and 
those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of  
the Directors in respect of the  
Annual Report and Accounts
We confirm that to the best of 
our knowledge:

— the Financial Statements, prepared 
in accordance with the applicable 
set of accounting standards, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit 
or loss of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and

— the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of 
the business and the position of the 
issuer and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

We consider the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

Approved by the Board and signed 
on its behalf by:

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman 
27 July 2017

David Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer 
27 July 2017

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
Group and Parent Company Financial 
Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare Group and Parent Company 
Financial Statements for each financial 
year. Under that law they are required 
to prepare the Group Financial 
Statements in accordance with IFRS 
as adopted by the EU and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the 
Parent Company Financial Statements 
in accordance with UK Accounting 
Standards, including FRS 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework.

Under company law, the Directors must 
not approve the Financial Statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and Parent Company 
and of their profit or loss for the period. 
In preparing each of the Group and 
Parent Company Financial Statements, 
the Directors are required to: 

— select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently; 
— make judgements and estimates  
that are reasonable and prudent; 
— for the Group Financial Statements, 

state whether they have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRS 
as adopted by the EU; 

— for the Parent Company Financial 

Statements, state whether 
applicable UK accounting standards 
have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and 
explained in the Parent Company 
Financial Statements; and 

— prepare the Financial Statements  
on the going concern basis unless  
it is inappropriate to presume that 
the Group and the Parent Company 
will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Parent Company’s transactions  
and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the 
Parent Company and enable them to 
ensure that its Financial Statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They have general responsibility for 
taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets 
of the Group and to prevent and 
detect fraud and other irregularities. 

64

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceIndependent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Clipper Logistics plc only

Opinions and conclusions arising from our audit
1. Our opinion on the Financial Statements is unmodified
We have audited the Financial Statements of Clipper Logistics plc for the year ended 30 April 2017 set out on pages 68 to 111. 
In our opinion:

— the Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 

30 April 2017 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

— the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards as adopted by the European Union;

— the Parent Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards, 

including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework; and

— the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, 

as regards the Group Financial Statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Overview

Materiality: Group Financial Statements as a whole

£775,000 (2016: £650,000)

5% (2016: 5%) of Group profit before income tax

Coverage

100% (2016: 100%) of Group profit before income tax

Risks of material misstatement

vs 2016 

Recurring risk

Revenue recognition

2. Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the Financial Statements, the risk of material misstatement that had the greatest 
effect on our audit was as follows (unchanged from 2016):

Accuracy 
of revenue 
recognition in 
value-added 
logistics
(£251,784,000; 
2016: 
£205,988,000)

Refer to page 
44 (Audit 
Committee 
Report), page 
77 (accounting 
policy) and 
page 78 
(financial 
disclosures).

The risk

Our response

Calculation  
and cut-off error
Contract and billing terms 
with customers across the 
value-added logistics 
segment vary significantly 
and include different and 
complex mechanisms for 
calculating the amount 
payable in respect of 
services delivered. These 
mechanisms take into 
account delivery against 
service level agreements 
and require agreement of 
the level of costs incurred 
in delivering the services 
with customers.

The varied terms, costs 
and performance 
requirements used to 
determine revenue in 
the final month of the 
financial year can lead to 
complexity around the 
calculation of deferred 
and accrued revenue, 
and ensuring revenue 
is recognised in the 
correct period. 

Our procedures included:
— Determining an expectation: inspecting the contract terms and billing 
schedule of a sample of key customer contracts to form an expectation 
of whether the year-end balance sheet position would include accrued 
or deferred revenue, which we then compared to the actual year 
end balances; 

— Re-performance: recalculating a sample of deferred revenue balances 

using confirmation of services provided to customers or contracts 
detailing the specific calculation mechanisms where available. We also 
agreed the sample to invoices raised before the year end and cash 
receipt where possible; 

— Tests of details: agreeing a sample of year end accrued revenue balances 

to subsequent cash receipts where available or alternative evidence, 
including confirmations of services provided to customers in the year;
— Tests of details (Clipper Logistics plc): for a sample of invoices raised 
around the year end date, reading original contract documentation to 
understand if billing is in advance or arrears and confirming revenue has 
been accrued or deferred as expected. For the same sample of invoices 
we observed the trend of invoicing during the financial year and after the 
year end and where outliers were identified we challenged the Group and 
obtained support for their explanations. We also agreed amounts to 
subsequent cash receipt where available, or alternative external audit 
evidence including customer confirmation of services received in the year; 

— Tests of details (Servicecare Support Services Limited): for a sample 
of invoices raised around the year end date, assessing whether the 
associated revenue was recognised in the correct period and for the 
appropriate amount, by referring back to confirmation of services 
provided to customers and where possible cash payment; and
— Assessing transparency: assessing the adequacy of the Group’s 

disclosures in respect of the accounting policies on revenue recognition 
set out in note 2.2 to the Group Financial Statements.

65

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Clipper Logistics plc only

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group Financial Statements as a whole was set at £775,000, determined with reference to a benchmark 
of Group profit before income tax, of which it represents 5% (2016: 5%).

We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £38,750, in addition 
to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the Group’s eight (2016: seven) reporting components, we subjected five (2016: six) to full-scope audits for Group reporting 
purposes. These procedures covered 99.9% of total Group revenue (2016: 95%), 100% of Group profit before income tax (2016: 100%), 
and 99.5% of total Group assets (2016: 95%).

The work on one of the five components (2016: nil of the six components) was performed by the component auditor and 
the rest by the Group team. The Group team instructed the component auditor as to the significant areas to be covered, 
including the relevant risks detailed above and the information to be reported back. The Group team approved the 
component materialities, which ranged from £110,000 to £665,000, having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of the 
Group across the components.

The Group team visited one (2016: not applicable) component location in Germany (2016: not applicable), to assess the 
audit risk and strategy. Telephone conference meetings were also held with the component auditor. At these meetings, the 
findings reported to the Group team were discussed in more detail, and any further work required by the Group team was 
then performed by the component auditor. 

Group profit before income tax
£16,052,000 
(2016: £13,122,000)

Materiality
£775,000 
(2016: £650,000)

1

2

1  Group profit before income tax 
2  Group materiality

£16,052,000
£775,000

£775,000
Whole financial statements materiality
(2016: £650,000)

£655,000
Range of materiality at five components 
(£110,000 to £665,000) (cid:31)
(2016: £104,000 to £594,000)

£38,750
Misstatements reported to the audit committee 
(2016: £33,000)

66

 Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements4. Our opinion on other matters 
prescribed by the Companies Act 
2006 is unmodified
In our opinion:

— the part of the Directors’ 

Remuneration Report to be audited 
has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006; and

— the information given in the Strategic 
Report and the Directors’ Report for 
the financial year is consistent with 
the Financial Statements.

Based solely on the work required to be 
undertaken in the course of the audit 
of the Financial Statements and from 
reading the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report:

— we have not identified material 

misstatements in those reports; and 

— in our opinion, those reports have 

been prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006. 

5. We have nothing to report on  
the disclosures of principal risks 
Based on the knowledge we acquired 
during our audit, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to 
in relation to:

— the Directors’ Viability Statement on 
page 23, concerning the principal 
risks, their management, and, based 
on that, the Directors’ assessment 
and expectations of the Group’s 
continuing in operation over the 3 
years to 30 April 2020; or

— the disclosures in note 2 of the Group 
Financial Statements concerning 
the use of the going concern basis 
of accounting.

6. We have nothing to report in 
respect of the matters on which we 
are required to report by exception
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are 
required to report to you if, based on 
the knowledge we acquired during our 
audit, we have identified other 
information in the Annual Report that 
contains a material inconsistency with 
either that knowledge or the Financial 
Statements, a material misstatement of 
fact, or that is otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to report 
to you if:

— we have identified material 

inconsistencies between the 
knowledge we acquired during our 
audit and the Directors’ statement 
that they consider that the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy; or

— the Audit Committee Report does 
not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the audit 
committee. 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are 
required to report to you if, in our opinion:

— adequate accounting records have 

not been kept by the parent 
company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

— the Parent Company Financial 
Statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

— certain disclosures of Directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are 
not made; or

— we have not received all the 

information and explanations we 
require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required 
to review: 

— the Directors’ Statements, set out on 
pages 63 and 23, in relation to going 
concern and longer-term viability; and 
— the part of the Corporate Governance 

Statement on page 38 in the 
Corporate Governance Report 
relating to the Company’s compliance 
with the eleven provisions of the 2014 
UK Corporate Governance Code 
specified for our review.

We have nothing to report in respect 
of the above responsibilities. 

Scope and responsibilities
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
Responsibilities Statement set out on 
page 64, the Directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the Financial 
Statements and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. A 
description of the scope of an audit of 
financial statements is provided on the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website 
at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. 
This report is made solely to the 
Company’s members as a body and 
is subject to important explanations 
and disclaimers regarding our 
responsibilities, published on our 
website at www.kpmg.com/uk/
auditscopeukco2014a, which are 
incorporated into this report as if set out 
in full and should be read to provide 
an understanding of the purpose of this 
report, the work we have undertaken 
and the basis of our opinions.

Johnathan Pass  
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory 
Auditor Chartered Accountants

1 Sovereign Square  
Sovereign Street 
Leeds LS1 4DA

27 July 2017

67

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Group Income Statement
For the year ended 30 April

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Other net gains
Administration and other expenses

Operating profit before share of equity-accounted investees, net of tax
Share of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Operating profit

EBIT
Less: amortisation of other intangible assets
         share of tax and finance costs of equity-accounted investees
Operating profit

Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the financial year

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

2017  
Group  
£’000

340,127
(241,097)

99,030
405
(81,964)

17,471
217

17,688

17,928
(177)
(63)
17,688

(1,657)
21

16,052
(3,586)

12,466

12.5p
12.3p

2016  
Group  
£’000

290,325
(205,742)

84,583
263
(70,315)

14,531
–

14,531

14,718
(187)
–
14,531

(1,413)
4

13,122
(2,786)

10,336

10.3p
10.3p

Note

3

6

4

6

4
4
6

8
9

10

11
11

The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 97 form part of these Financial Statements.

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 April

Profit for the financial year
Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax:
To be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent periods:
Exchange differences on retranslation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the financial year

The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 97 form part of these Financial Statements.

2017  
Group  
£’000

12,466

2016  
Group  
£’000

10,336

(57)

(6)

12,409

10,330

68

 Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGroup Statement of Financial Position
At 30 April

Note

2017  
Group  
£’000

2016  
Group  
£’000

Assets:
Non-current assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Interest in equity-accounted investees
Non-current financial assets
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity and liabilities:
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities: borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Short-term provisions
Current income tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities: borrowings
Long-term provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity shareholders’ funds
Share capital
Share premium
Currency translation reserve
Other reserve
Merger reserve
Share based payment reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Total equity and liabilities

The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 97 form part of these Financial Statements.

Approved by the Board on 27 July 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

D A Hodkin 
Chief Financial Officer 
Company No. 03042024

12
14
15
27
10

16
17

18

19
20

21

20
21
10

22

23,252
1,498

24,750
38,899
2,167
1,450
353

67,619

29,972
47,728
–
862

78,562

146,181

85,068
7,389
–
127
2,187

94,771

19,973
1,367
–

21,340

116,111

50
80
(33)
84
6,006
2,038
21,845

30,070

146,181

23,252
1,646

24,898
25,564
–
–
–

50,462

26,252
39,816
36
715

66,819

117,281

72,183
6,553
10
109
1,747

80,602

12,931
769
202

13,902

94,504

50
56
24
84
6,006
783
15,774

22,777

117,281

69

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Group Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 April

Balance at 1 May 2015
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2016

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Balance at 1 May 2015
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share Issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2016

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Share  
capital  
Group  
£’000

 Share 
premium 
Group  
£’000

Currency 
translation 
reserve  
Group 
£’000

 Other  
reserve  
Group  
£’000

 Carried 
forward  
Group  
 £’000

50
–
–
–
–
–

50

–
–
–
–
–

50

Brought 
forward  
Group  
£’000

213
–
(7)
–
8
–

214

–
(57)
–
24
–

181

48
–
–
–
8
–

56

–
–
–
24
–

80

Merger 
reserve  
Group  
£’000

6,006
–
–
–
–
–

6,006

–
–
–
–
–

6,006

31
–
(7)
–
–
–

24

–
(57)
–
–
–

(33)

Share based 
payment 
reserve  
Group  
£’000

139
–
–
644
–
–

783

–
–
1,255
–
–

2,038

84
–
–
–
–
–

84

–
–
–
–
–

84

Retained 
earnings 
Group  
£’000

10,637
10,336
1
–
–
(5,200)

15,774

12,466
–
5
–
(6,400)

213
–
(7)
–
8
–

214

–
(57)
–
24
–

181

Total  
Group  
£’000

16,995
10,336
(6)
644
8
(5,200)

22,777

12,466
(57)
1,260
24
(6,400)

21,845

30,070

The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 97 form part of these Financial Statements.

70

 Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGroup Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 April

Profit before tax from operating activities
Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to net cash flows:
— Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
— Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
— Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
— Share of equity-accounted investees, net of tax
— Consideration received
— Exchange differences
— Finance costs
— Movement in derivative financial instruments
— Amortisation of grants
— Share based payments charge
Working capital adjustments:
— (Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables and prepayments
— (Increase)/decrease in inventories
— Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Operating activities:
— Cash generated from operations
— Interest received
— Interest paid
— Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities:
— Purchase of property, plant and equipment
— Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
— Purchase of intangible assets
— Proceeds from sale of intangible assets
— Investment in joint venture
— Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking net of cash acquired

Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities:
— Drawdown of bank loans
— Debt issue costs paid
—  Finance leases advanced in respect of prior year purchases of property, plant 

and equipment

— Shares issued
— Dividends paid
— Non-current financial assets advanced
— Repayment of bank loans
— Repayment of capital on finance leases

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The accompanying notes on pages 72 to 97 form part of these Financial Statements.

2017  
Group  
£’000

16,052

4,725
548
(260)
(217)
557
(238)
1,636
(10)
–
832

(7,895)
(3,049)
12,989

25,670
3
(1,606)
(3,234)

20,833

(4,028)
2,112
(551)
167
(1,950)
– 

(4,250)

– 
–

4,879
24
(6,400)
(1,450)
(5,995)
(5,677)

(14,619)

1,964

(1,102)

862

Note

6
6
6
15
21

8 & 9
6
6
23

15
28

22
7

18

2016  
Group  
£’000

13,122

4,580
466
(37)
–
–
(82)
1,409
(60)
(1)
454

(6,372)
(3,677)
10,694

20,496
4
(1,362)
(2,063)

17,075

(5,383)
238
(546)
–
–
(2,212)

(7,903)

6,442
(232)

207
8
(5,200)
–
(10,141)
(3,212)

(12,128)

(2,956)

1,854

(1,102)

71

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements

1. General information
The Group Financial Statements for 
the year ended 30 April 2017 were 
authorised for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 27 July 2017 and the 
Group Statement of Financial Position 
was signed on the Board’s behalf by 
David  Hodkin.

Clipper Logistics plc (the “Company”) 
and its subsidiaries (together the 
“Group”) provide value-added logistics 
and other services to predominantly 
the retail sector and also operate as 
distributors of commercial vehicles.

The Company is limited by share 
capital, incorporated and domiciled 
in the United Kingdom. The address of 
its registered office is Clipper Logistics 
Group, Gelderd Road, Leeds, LS12 6LT.

The Group’s Financial Statements have 
been prepared in accordance with 
note 2.1 Basis of preparation, and note 
2.3 Basis of consolidation. The principal 
accounting policies adopted by the 
Group are set out in note 2.

2. Summary of significant  
accounting policies
The principal accounting policies 
applied in the preparation of these 
consolidated Financial Statements  
are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all years 
presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1. Basis of preparation
Clipper Logistics plc (the “Company”), 
a public limited company incorporated 
and domiciled in the United Kingdom, 
acts as Parent undertaking for the 
Clipper Group of companies. The 
Company has independent operations 
in its own right and owns 100% of the 
share capital and voting rights of the 
following principal trading entities:

— Northern Commercials (Mirfield) 

Limited

— Clipper Logistics KG (GmbH & Co.) 

(Germany)

— Servicecare Support Services Limited 

(see note 28)

During the year ended 30 April 2017 
the Company subscribed for 50% of 
the share capital and voting rights of 
Clicklink Logistics Limited (see note 15).

In addition, the Group has a number of 
other subsidiaries as set out in note F to 
the Company Financial Statements.

The Group’s Financial Statements have 
been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European 
Union (IFRS) and also in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006. 

The preparation of the financial 
information under IFRS requires 
management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect 
the application of policies and 
reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, income and expenses. The 
estimates and associated assumptions 
are based on historical experience and 
other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, 
the results of which form the basis of 
making the judgements about carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are 
not readily apparent from other 
sources. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates.

The accounting policies which follow 
set out those policies which apply in 
preparing the Financial Statements 
for the year ended 30 April 2017.

The Group’s Financial Statements 
have been prepared on a historical 
cost basis, except for derivative 
financial instruments which have been 
measured at fair value. The Financial 
Statements are presented in Pounds 
Sterling and all values are rounded to 
the nearest thousand (£’000) unless 
otherwise indicated.

2.2. Going concern
The Financial Statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. 
In determining the appropriate basis 
of preparation of the Financial 
Statements, the Directors are required 
to consider whether the Group can 
continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future.

Further information in relation to the 
Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and 
position is set out in the Strategic Report 
section of this report on pages 8 to 35.

Note 26 to the Group Financial 
Statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes 
for managing its capital, its financial 
risk management objectives and its 
exposure to foreign exchange, credit 
and interest rate risk. Further details of 
the Group’s net debt at 30 April 2017 
are included in note 20 to the Group 
Financial Statements.

The Group Statement of Financial 
Position shows total current assets of 
£78,562,000 and total current liabilities 
of £94,771,000. Net current liabilities at 
30 April 2017 were therefore £16,209,000 
(2016: £13,783,000). At the year end, 
the Group had a committed Revolving 
Credit Facility of £20,000,000 and an 
overdraft facility of £8,000,000, both 
of which were undrawn. The Directors 
have assessed the future funding 
requirements of the Group and the 
Company and compared them to the 
bank facilities which are available. 
The assessment included a detailed 
review of financial and cash flow 
forecasts for at least the 12 month 
period from the date of signing 
the Annual Report. The Directors 
considered a range of potential 
scenarios within the key markets the 
Group serves and how these might 
impact on the Group’s cash flow. 
The Directors also considered what 
mitigating actions the Group could 
take to limit any adverse consequences.

The Group’s forecasts and projections 
show that the Group should be able 
to operate without the need for any 
increase in borrowing facilities.

Having undertaken this work, the 
Directors are of the opinion that 
the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly,  
they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the 
Financial Statements.

72

 Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements2.3. Basis of consolidation
(a) Group reorganisation and  
merger reserve
At 30 April 2014 the Company was a 
wholly owned subsidiary of Clipper 
Group Holdings Limited. In April 2014 
the Group undertook a restructuring, 
whereby the Company acquired 
certain fellow subsidiaries from Clipper 
Group Holdings Limited and the 
remaining 25% ownership interest of the 
Group’s German operations from the 
minority shareholders. On 4 June 2014 
Clipper Logistics plc was admitted to 
the premium segment of the London 
Stock Exchange and Clipper Group 
Holdings Limited was no longer the 
parent company.

IFRS 3 states that it does not apply to 
a combination of entities or businesses 
under common control. Accordingly, 
the consolidated information of the 
Clipper Group has been prepared  
to reflect the combination of the 
restructured Clipper Group as if it had 
occurred from 1 May 2010, being the 
earliest comparative period reported 
by the restructured Group.

The Group reorganisation is a 
combination of entities under common 
control; and consolidated using a 
pooling of interests basis. This treats the 
restructured group as if it was formed 
in May 2010 and a merger reserve 
has been included to reflect this, with 
a balance of £6,006,000 after the 
acquisition of the fellow subsidiaries 
from Clipper Group Holdings Limited 
as part of the Group reorganisation.

(b) Consolidations
The consolidated Financial Statements 
comprise the Financial Statements of 
the Group and its subsidiaries as at 
30 April 2017. Control is achieved when 
the Group is exposed, or has rights, to 
variable returns from its involvement 
with the investee and has the ability to 
affect those returns through its power 
over the investee. Specifically, the 
Group controls an investee if, and 
only if, the Group has:

— power over the investee (i.e., existing 
rights that give it the current ability 
to direct the relevant activities of 
the investee);

— exposure, or rights, to variable 

returns from its involvement with 
the investee; and

— the ability to use its power over 
the investee to affect its returns.

Generally, there is a presumption that a 
majority of voting rights result in control. 
To support this presumption and when 
the Group has less than a majority 
of the voting or similar rights of an 
investee, the Group considers all 
relevant facts and circumstances in 
assessing whether it has power over 
an investee, including:

— the contractual arrangement 
with the other vote holders of 
the investee;

— rights arising from other 

contractual arrangements; and

— the Group’s voting rights and 

potential voting rights.

The Group re-assesses whether or not 
it controls an investee if facts and 
circumstances indicate that there are 
changes to one or more of the three 
elements of control. Consolidation of 
a subsidiary begins when the Group 
obtains control over the subsidiary and 
ceases when the Group loses control of 
the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses of a subsidiary acquired 
or disposed of during the year are 
included in the consolidated Financial 
Statements from the date the Group 
gains control until the date the Group 
ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component 
of other comprehensive income are 
attributed to the equity holders of 
the parent of the Group and to any 
non-controlling interests, even if this 
results in the non-controlling interests 
having a deficit balance. When 
necessary, adjustments are made to 
the Financial Statements of subsidiaries 
to bring their accounting policies 
into line with the Group’s accounting 
policies. All intra-group assets and 
liabilities, equity, income, expenses 
and cash flows relating to transactions 
between members of the Group are 
eliminated in full on consolidation. The 
Financial Statements of subsidiaries 
used in the preparation of the 
consolidated Financial Statements 
are prepared on the same reporting 
year as the Parent Company.

resultant gain or loss is recognised in 
profit or loss. Any investment retained 
is recognised at fair value.

The purchase method of accounting 
is used to account for the acquisition 
of subsidiaries by the Group other than 
those included in the restructuring 
referred to above. The cost of an 
acquisition is measured as the fair value 
of the assets given, equity instruments 
issued and liabilities incurred or 
assumed at the date of exchange, 
plus costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities and contingent liabilities 
assumed in a business combination are 
measured initially at their fair values at 
the acquisition date, irrespective of 
the extent of any minority interest. The 
excess of the cost of acquisition over 
the fair value of the Group’s share of 
the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill. If the cost of 
acquisition is less than the fair value 
of the net assets of the subsidiary 
acquired, the difference is recognised 
directly in the income statement.

(c) Equity-accounted investees
An investment in an entity over which 
the Group has significant influence, 
but is not a subsidiary, is accounted 
for under the equity method of 
accounting. Equity-accounted 
investees could comprise associates or 
joint ventures. An associate is an entity 
in which the Group has significant 
influence over the financial and 
operating policy decisions of 
the investee but not control or joint 
control over those policies. A joint 
venture is an arrangement in which the 
Group has joint control, whereby the 
Group has rights to the net assets of the 
arrangement, rather than rights to its 
assets and obligations for its liabilities.

Under the equity method, an investment 
is initially recognised at cost and adjusted 
thereafter to recognise the Group’s 
share of the profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income of the investee, 
until the date on which significant 
influence or joint control ceases.

A change in the ownership interest of 
a subsidiary without loss of control is 
accounted for as an equity transaction. 
If the Group loses control over a 
subsidiary, it derecognises the related 
assets (including goodwill), liabilities, 
non-controlling interest and other 
components of equity while any 

2.4. Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in 
a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting provided to the Company’s 
Board of Directors, collectively the 
Group’s chief operating decision 
maker, to assess performance and 
allocate capital or resources.

73

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
2.5. Foreign currency translation
(a) Functional and 
presentation currency
Items included in the Financial 
Statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the 
currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity 
operates (‘the functional currency’). 
The combined Financial Statements 
are presented in Pounds Sterling, 
which is the Company’s functional 
and presentation currency.

(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are 
translated into the functional currency 
using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting 
from the settlement of such transactions 
and from the translation at year end 
exchange rates of monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are recognised in the 
income statement. Non-monetary items 
that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated 
using the exchange rates at the dates 
of the initial transactions. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a 
foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value is determined. The gain 
or loss arising on translation of non-
monetary items measured at fair value 
is treated in line with the recognition 
of the gain or loss on the change in 
fair value of the item (i.e., translation 
differences on items whose fair value 
gain or loss is recognised in other 
comprehensive income or profit 
or loss are also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or profit 
or loss, respectively).

(c) Translation of foreign operations
On consolidation, the assets and 
liabilities of foreign operations are 
translated into Pounds Sterling at the rate 
of exchange prevailing at the reporting 
date and their statements of profit or loss 
are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the year. The exchange 
differences arising on translation 
for consolidation are recognised 
in other comprehensive income.

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition 
of a foreign operation and any fair 
value adjustments to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities arising 
on the acquisition are treated as assets 
and liabilities of the foreign operation 
and translated at the spot rate of 
exchange at the reporting date.

2.6. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated 
at historical cost less depreciation and 
impairment. Historical cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable 
to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the 
asset’s carrying amount or recognised 
as a separate asset, as appropriate, 
only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the 
item will flow to the Group and the cost 
of the item can be measured reliably. 
The carrying amount of any replaced 
part is derecognised. All other repairs 
and maintenance are charged to the 
income statement during the financial 
period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate assets’ 
cost to their residual values over their 
estimated useful lives, as follows:

— Leasehold property: over the length 

of the lease;

— Plant and machinery: 2–20 years; and
— Motor vehicles: 4–8 years.

Residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each balance sheet date.

An asset’s carrying amount is written 
down immediately to its recoverable 
amount if the asset’s carrying amount 
is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount.

An item of property, plant and 
equipment and any significant part 
initially recognised is derecognised 
upon disposal or when no future 
economic benefits are expected from 
its use or disposal. Any gain or loss 
arising on derecognition of the asset 
(calculated as the difference between 
the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is 
included within ‘other net gains’ 
in the income statement when 
the asset is derecognised.

2.7. Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the 
cost of an acquisition over the fair 
value of the Group’s share of the net 
identifiable assets of the acquired 
subsidiary at the date of acquisition. 
If the cost of acquisition is less than 
the fair value of the net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is 
‘negative goodwill’ and is recognised 
in the income statement immediately.

Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries 
is included in ‘intangible assets’. 
Separately recognised goodwill is tested 
annually for impairment and carried 
at cost less accumulated impairment 
losses. Impairment losses on goodwill 
are not reversed. Gains and losses on 
the disposal of an entity include the 
carrying amount of goodwill relating to 
the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to 
cash-generating units for the purpose 
of impairment testing. The allocation is 
made to those cash-generating units 
or groups of cash-generating units that 
are expected to benefit from the 
business combination in which the 
goodwill arose.

(b) Contracts and licences
Intangible assets acquired separately 
are measured on initial recognition 
at cost. The cost of intangible assets 
acquired in a business combination 
is their fair value at the date of 
acquisition. Following initial recognition, 
intangible assets are carried at cost 
less any accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses. 
Internally generated intangibles, 
excluding capitalised development 
costs, are not capitalised and the 
related expenditure is reflected in 
profit or loss in the period in which 
the expenditure is incurred.

Intangible assets are amortised over 
the useful economic life (five to ten 
years) and assessed for impairment 
whenever there is an indication that 
the intangible asset may be impaired.

74

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements(c) Computer software
Acquired computer software licences 
are capitalised on the basis of the costs 
incurred to acquire and bring to use 
the specific software. These costs are 
amortised over their estimated useful 
lives (three to five years).

Costs associated with developing 
or maintaining computer software 
programmes are recognised as 
an expense as incurred. Costs that 
are directly associated with the 
development of identifiable and 
unique software products controlled 
by the Group, and that will probably 
generate economic benefits 
exceeding costs beyond one year, 
are recognised as intangible 
assets. Costs include the software 
development employee costs and 
overheads directly attributable to 
bringing the asset into use.

Computer software development costs 
recognised as assets are amortised 
over their estimated useful lives (not 
exceeding five years).

2.8. Impairment of non-financial assets
The Group assesses, at each reporting 
date, whether there is an indication 
that an asset may be impaired. If any 
indication exists, or when annual 
impairment testing for an asset is 
required, the Group estimates the 
asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s 
recoverable amount is the higher of 
an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s 
(“CGU”) fair value less costs to sell 
and its value in use.

Where the asset does not generate 
cash flows that are independent from 
other assets, the Group estimates the 
recoverable amount of the CGU to 
which the asset belongs.

When the carrying amount of an 
asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable 
amount, the asset is considered 
impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their 
present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset. 

In determining fair value less costs 
to sell, recent market transactions 
are taken into account. If no such 
transactions can be identified, an 
appropriate valuation model is used. 
These calculations are corroborated 
by valuation multiples, quoted share 
prices for publicly traded companies 
or other available fair value indicators.

An impairment loss is recognised as 
an expense immediately. Where an 
impairment loss subsequently reverses, 
the carrying amount of the asset 
(or CGU) is increased to the revised 
estimate of its recoverable amount, but 
so that the increased carrying amount 
does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined had 
no impairment loss been recognised 
for the asset (or CGU) in prior years. 
A reversal of an impairment loss is 
recognised as income immediately.

The Group bases its impairment 
calculation on detailed budgets and 
forecast calculations, which are 
prepared separately for each of the 
Group’s CGUs to which the individual 
assets are allocated. These budgets 
and forecast calculations generally 
cover a minimum period of two years. 
For longer periods, a long-term growth 
rate is calculated and applied to 
project future cash flows after the 
second year.

2.9. Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets 
in the following categories: at fair value 
through profit or loss and available for 
sale. The classification depends on 
the purpose for which the financial 
assets were acquired. Management 
determines the classification of its 
financial assets at initial recognition. 
At 30 April 2017 the Group held no 
financial assets available for sale.

Financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss are financial assets held for 
trading. A financial asset is classified in 
this category if acquired principally for 
the purpose of selling in the short term. 
Derivatives are also categorised as held 
for trading unless they are designated 
as hedges. Assets in this category are 
classified as current assets.

Investments are initially recognised at 
fair value plus transaction costs for all 
financial assets not carried at fair value 
through profit or loss. Financial assets 
carried at fair value through profit or 
loss are initially recognised at fair value 
and transaction costs are expensed in 
the income statement. Financial assets 
are derecognised when the rights to 
receive cash flows from the investments 
have expired or have been transferred 
and the Group has transferred 
substantially all risks and rewards 
of ownership.

Available-for-sale financial assets and 
financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss are subsequently carried 
at fair value.

Gains or losses arising from changes 
in the fair value of the ‘financial assets 
at fair value through profit or loss’ 
category are presented in the income 
statement within ‘other net gains’ in 
the period in which they arise.

Dividend income from financial assets 
at fair value through profit or loss is 
recognised in the income statement as 
part of other income when the Group’s 
right to receive payments is established.

The Group assesses at each balance 
sheet date whether there is objective 
evidence that a financial asset or a 
Group of financial assets is impaired.

Impairment testing of trade receivables 
is described in note 2.12.

2.10. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of 
cost and net realisable value. Cost 
includes all costs incurred in bringing 
each product to its present location 
and condition. Cost is determined 
using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. 
Net realisable value is the estimated 
selling price in the ordinary course of 
business, less applicable variable 
selling expenses.

75

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
2.14. Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially 
at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method.

2.15. Consignment inventory payables
Inventories of commercial vehicles 
are usually funded under stocking 
finance plans offered by either the 
manufacturer’s own finance arm, 
or third party funders. Amounts 
outstanding are included in trade 
and other payables.

2.16. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially 
at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
stated at amortised cost; any 
difference between the proceeds 
(net of transaction costs) and the 
redemption value is recognised in the 
income statement over the period of 
the borrowings using the effective 
interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current 
liabilities unless the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement 
of the liability for at least 12 months 
after the balance sheet date. 

2.17. Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are 
measured at the amount expected 
to be recovered from or paid to the 
taxation authorities, based on tax 
rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred income tax is provided in 
full, using the liability method, on 
temporary differences arising between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the 
Financial Statements.

However, the deferred income tax is 
not accounted for, if it arises from initial 
recognition of goodwill or an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a 
business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profits or losses.

Deferred income tax is determined 
using tax rates (and laws) that have 
been enacted or substantially enacted 
by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the related 
deferred income tax asset is realised 
or the deferred income tax liability is 
settled. Deferred income tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profit 
will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on 
temporary differences arising on 
investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, except where the timing of 
the reversal of the temporary difference 
is controlled by the Group and it is 
probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and 
liabilities are offset only if a legally 
enforceable right exists to set off current 
tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
the deferred income taxes relate to 
the same taxation authority and 
that authority permits the Group to 
make a single net payment.

2.18. Employee benefits
(a) Pension obligations
Group companies operate various 
pension schemes. The schemes are 
generally funded through payments to 
insurance companies. The Group has 
only defined contribution plans. A 
defined contribution plan is a pension 
plan under which the Group pays fixed 
contributions into a separate entity.

For defined contribution plans, the 
Group pays contributions to privately 
administered pension insurance plans 
on a contractual or voluntary basis. 
The Group has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions 
have been paid. The contributions 
are recognised as employee benefit 
expense when they are due.

2.11. Vehicles on consignment
Vehicles held on consignment from 
manufacturers are included in the 
statement of financial position where 
it is considered that the Group enjoys 
the benefits and carries the risks 
of ownership.

2.12. Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially 
at fair value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, less provision for 
impairment. A provision for impairment 
of trade receivables is established when 
there is objective evidence that the 
Group will not be able to collect all 
amounts due according to the original 
terms of the receivables.

Significant financial difficulties of the 
debtor, probability that the debtor 
will enter bankruptcy or financial 
reorganisation, and default or 
delinquency in payments (more than 
30 days overdue) are considered 
indicators that the trade receivable 
may be impaired. The amount of the 
provision is the difference between 
the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future cash 
flows, discounted at the original 
effective interest rate. 

The carrying amount of the asset 
is reduced through the use of an 
allowance account, and the 
amount of the loss is recognised 
in the income statement within 
‘administration expenses’. 

When a trade receivable is 
uncollectable, it is written off against 
the allowance account for trade 
receivables. Subsequent recoveries 
of amounts previously written off are 
credited against ‘administration 
expenses’ in the income statement.

2.13. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash 
in hand, deposits held at call with banks, 
other short-term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or 
less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts 
are shown within borrowings in current 
liabilities on the statement of financial 
position. Cash and cash equivalents are 
stated net of bank overdrafts in the cash 
flow statement.

76

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements(b) Profit-sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an 
expense for bonuses and profit-sharing, 
based on a formula that takes into 
consideration the profit attributable 
to the Company’s shareholders after 
certain adjustments. The Group 
recognises a provision where 
contractually obliged or where 
there is a past practice that has 
created a constructive obligation.

(c) Share based payments
IFRS 2 requires the recognition of equity 
settled share based payments at fair 
value at the date of the grant. All 
equity settled share based payments 
are ultimately recognised as an 
expense in the income statement 
with a corresponding credit to share 
based payment reserve.

If vesting periods or other non-market 
vesting conditions apply, the expense 
is allocated over the vesting period 
based on the best available estimate 
of the number of shares expected to 
vest. Estimates are revised subsequently 
if there is any indication that the 
number of shares expected to vest 
differs from previous estimates. Any 
cumulative adjustment prior to vesting 
is recognised in the current period. 
Upon exercise of share options, the 
proceeds received net of attributable 
transaction costs are credited to share 
capital and where appropriate, 
share premium.

2.19. Provisions
Provisions for items such as dilapidations 
and legal claims are recognised when: 
the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of 
past events; it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to 
settle the obligation; and the amount 
has been reliably estimated.

Where there are a number of similar 
obligations, the likelihood that an 
outflow will be required in settlement 
is determined by considering the class 
of obligations as a whole. A provision 
is recognised even if the likelihood of 
an outflow with respect to any one 
item included in the same class of 
obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present 
value of the expenditures expected 
to be required to settle the obligation 
using a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the 
obligation. The increase in the provision 
due to passage of time is recognised 
as interest expense.

2.20. Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value 
of the consideration received or 
receivable for the sale of goods and 
services in the ordinary course of the 
Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net 
of value-added tax, returns, rebates 
and discounts and after eliminating 
sales within the Group.

The Group recognises revenue when 
the amount of revenue can be reliably 
measured, it is probable that future 
economic benefits will flow to the entity 
and when specific criteria have been 
met for each of the Group’s activities. 
The amount of revenue is not 
considered to be reliably measurable 
until all contingencies relating to the 
sale have been resolved. In practice 
this means that revenue is generally 
recognised as follows:

(a) Sale of goods 
Revenue from the sale of goods is 
recognised when the Group has 
transferred to the buyer the significant 
risks and rewards of ownership of the 
goods. For vehicles, this is generally on 
registration; for other goods, it is when 
despatched, or packaged and made 
available for collection.

(b) Services other than repair  
and maintenance contracts
Revenue is recognised when the 
service is rendered. Invoicing varies by 
contract, but is typically either in line 
with work performed or initially on a 
budgeted volume basis with later 
adjustment to reflect actual activity. 
Where a contract contains elements 
of variable consideration, the Group 
will estimate the amount or revenue 
to which it will be entitled under the 
contract. Variable consideration 
can arise as a result of incentives, 
performance bonuses, penalties 
or other similar items. Variable 
consideration is recognised only to the 
extent that it is highly probable that the 
economic benefit will transfer to the 
Group. Calculation of accrued and 
deferred income is therefore necessary 
at period ends, with client billing 

arrangements not always coinciding 
with the Group’s reporting periods. 
Revenue from open book contracts 
includes contributions to the capital 
cost of items used in the delivery of 
services, together with a finance 
charge. Judgement is required when 
determining the appropriate timing 
and amount of revenue that can be 
recognised, due to the different 
contractual arrangements in place.

(c) Repair and maintenance contracts 
Revenue is recognised over the life of 
the contract in proportion to the costs 
of providing the services.

2.21. Supplier bonuses
Cost of sales are recognised net of 
vehicle manufacturers’ bonuses. These 
are recognised when the Group has 
met the relevant conditions. There is 
little judgement or estimation involved 
in computing the amounts.

2.22. Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of 
the risks and rewards of ownership are 
retained by the lessor are classified as 
operating leases. Payments made 
under operating leases (net of any 
incentives received from the lessor) are 
charged to the income statement on 
a straight-line basis over the period 
of the lease.

Assets held under finance leases, which 
transfer to the Group substantially all 
the risks and benefits incidental to 
ownership of the leased item, are 
capitalised at the inception of the 
lease, with a corresponding liability 
being recognised for the lower of the 
fair value of the leased asset and the 
present value of the minimum lease 
payments. Lease payments are 
apportioned between the reduction of 
the lease liability and finance charges 
in the income statement so as to 
achieve a constant rate of interest on 
the remaining balance of the liability. 
The property, plant and equipment 
acquired under finance leases is 
depreciated over the shorter of the 
estimated useful life of the asset and 
the lease term; where the lease 
contains an option to purchase which 
is expected to be exercised, the asset 
is depreciated over the useful life of 
the asset. The accounting policy 
adopted for finance leases is also 
applied to hire purchase agreements.

77

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
2.23. Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s 
shareholders is recognised as a liability 
in the Group’s Financial Statements 
in the period in which the dividends 
are approved by the Company’s 
shareholders.

2.24. Exceptional items
Items that are both material and 
non-recurring are presented as 
exceptional items within their relevant 
consolidated income statement 
category. The separate reporting of 
exceptional items helps provide a 
clearer indication of the Group’s 
underlying business performance.

Items which may give rise to 
classification as exceptional include, 
but are not limited to, restructuring of 
the business or depot network, asset 
impairments and litigation settlements. 

2.25. Financial risk management
The Group carries out treasury hedging 
activities to manage exposures to 
interest rate movements on its core 
borrowings using interest rate swaps.

The Group only uses derivatives for 
hedging purposes and they are 
recognised at fair value and are 
re-measured to fair value at each 
balance sheet date. Where an interest 
rate swap qualifies as an effective 
hedge under IAS 39, movements in fair 
value are shown as an adjustment to 
the net interest charge being hedged.

Movements in fair value of derivatives 
that do not qualify as an effective 
hedge under IAS 39 are shown in ‘other 
net gains’ within the income statement. 
The Group identifies, evaluates and 
hedges financial risks centrally under 
policies approved by the Board 
covering specific areas, such as 
interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk 
and credit risk.

2.26. Critical accounting 
estimates and assumptions
The Group makes estimates and 
assumptions concerning the future. 
The resulting accounting estimates will, 
by definition, seldom equal the related 
actual results. The estimates and 
assumptions that have a significant 
risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities within the next financial 
year are discussed below.

(a) Revenue recognition
Judgement is required when 
determining the appropriate timing 
and amount of revenue to be 
recognised in the value-added logistics 
segment. This is due to the various 
contractual arrangements in place, 
each with bespoke terms which 
can lead to different revenue 
recognition requirements.

(b) Estimated impairment of goodwill
The Group annually tests whether 
goodwill has suffered any impairment, 
in accordance with the accounting 
policy stated above. The recoverable 
amounts of cash-generating units have 
been determined based on value-in-
use calculations. These calculations 
require the use of estimates, both in 
arriving at the expected future cash 
flows and the application of a suitable 
discount rate in order to calculate the 
present value of these flows.

(c) Fair value of intangible assets 
acquired in business combinations
As there is no ready market for 
intangible assets such as customer 
relationships and brands, judgement is 
required in assessing fair value when 
accounting for a business combination.

Estimates and judgements are 
continually evaluated by management, 
on a case-by-case basis, based on 
historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events 
that are believed to be reasonable 
under the circumstances.

2.27. Adoption of new and revised 
reporting standards
The Group has applied all accounting 
standards and interpretations issued 
by the IASB and IFRIC except for the 
following standards and interpretations 
which were in issue but not yet effective:

Effective date 
(annual periods 
beginning  
on or after)

1 January 2018

1 January 2018

Title

IFRS 15 Revenue  
from Contracts  
with Customers

IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments  
(issued in 2014)

IFRS 16 Leases

1 January 2019

Annual Improvements 
to IFRS 2014-2016 Cycle

1 January 2017

The effective dates stated above are 
those given in the original IASB/IFRIC 
standards and interpretations.

As the Group prepares its financial 
information in accordance with IFRS as 
adopted by the European Union, the 
application of new standards and 
interpretations will be subject to them 
having been endorsed for use in the 
EU via the EU Endorsement mechanism. 
In the majority of cases this will result 
in an effective date consistent with 
that given in the original standard or 
interpretation but the need for 
endorsement restricts the Group’s 
discretion to early adopt standards.

Adoption of IFRS 16 is likely to have 
a material impact on the Group’s 
non-current assets and borrowings.  
It is not yet practical to provide a 
reasonable estimate of the effect until 
a detailed review has been completed. 
The Directors do not anticipate that the 
adoption of the remaining standards 
and interpretations will have a material 
impact on the Group’s historical 
financial information in the period 
of initial application.

In the current year, amendments 
to IAS 1, 16, 27, 28 & 38; IFRS 10 & 11 
and those arising from the annual 
improvements to IFRSs 2012-2014 cycles 
have been adopted. There has been 
no material impact, although there 
have been some minor changes 
to disclosure.

78

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements3. Revenue
Revenue recognised in the income statement is analysed as follows:

E-fulfilment and returns management services

Non e-fulfilment logistics

Value-added logistics services

Commercial vehicles

Inter-segment sales

Revenue from external customers

Geographical information – revenue from external customers:

United Kingdom

Germany

Rest of Europe

Revenue from external customers

Geography is determined by the location of the end customer.

2017
Group
£’000

129,854

121,930

251,784

91,515

(3,172)

2016
Group
£’000

97,598

108,390

205,988

85,642

(1,305)

340,127

290,325

2017
Group
£’000

2016
Group
£’000

302,730

264,219

16,103

21,294

14,234

11,872

340,127

290,325

The Group has one customer that in the year ended 30 April 2017 accounted for greater than 10% of the total Group revenue. 
For completeness, the comparative 2016 figure is shown, although it constituted less than 10% of Group revenue in that year.

The revenue all arose in the value-added logistics services segment as follows:

Revenue from largest single customer in 2017

4. Segment information

2017
Group
£’000

35,179

2016
Group
£’000

17,390

For the Group, the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is the main Board of Directors. The CODM monitors the 
operating results of each business unit separately for the purposes of making decisions about resource allocation and 
performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit or loss, both before and after 
exceptional or discontinuing items. This measurement basis excludes Group-wide central services and financing costs 
which are not allocated to operating segments.

For management purposes, the Group is organised into two main reportable segments:

— Value-added logistics services; and
— Commercial vehicles, including sales, servicing and repairs.

Within the value-added logistics services segment, the CODM also reviews performance of three separate business activities:

— E-fulfilment & returns management services; 
— Non e-fulfilment logistics; and
— Central logistics overheads, being the costs of support services specific to the value-added logistics services segment, 

but which are impractical to allocate between the sub-segment activities.

These three separate business activities comprise one segment, having similar economic characteristics in terms of profitability 
and costs, customers and operating environment.

Inter-segment transactions are entered into under normal commercial terms and conditions and on an arm’s length basis 
that would also be available to unrelated third parties.

79

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
4. Segment information (continued)
The following tables present profit information for continuing operations regarding the Group’s business segments for the two 
years ended 30 April 2017:

Earnings before interest & tax (“EBIT”):

E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics
Central logistics overheads

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Head office costs

Group EBIT

Amortisation of other intangible assets:

E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics
Central logistics overheads

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Head office costs

Group total

Share of tax and finance costs of equity-accounted investees:

Net finance costs
Income tax expense

Group total 

Operating profit and profit before income tax:

Operating profit:
E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics
Central logistics overheads

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Head office costs

Group operating profit before share of equity-accounted investees
Share of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Operating profit

Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before income tax

80

2017  
Group  
£’000

10,232
12,431
(4,832)

17,831
2,342
(2,245)

17,928

2017  
Group  
£’000

(156)
(21)
–

(177)
–
–

(177)

2017 
Group 
£’000

(9)
(54)

(63)

2017 
Group 
£’000

9,796
12,410
(4,832)

17,374
2,342
(2,245)

17,471
217

17,688

(1,657)
21

16,052

2016  
Group  
£’000

8,291
10,742
(4,718)

14,315
2,263
(1,860)

14,718

2016  
Group  
£’000

(156)
(31)
–

(187)
–
–

(187)

2016 
Group 
£’000

–
–

–

2016 
Group 
£’000

8,135
10,711
(4,718)

14,128
2,263
(1,860)

14,531
–

14,531

(1,413)
4

13,122

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsThe segment assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date are as follows:

At 30 April 2017:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Segment assets/(liabilities)

Unallocated assets/(liabilities):
— Cash and cash equivalents
— Financial liabilities
— Deferred tax
— Income tax assets/(liabilities)

Total assets/(liabilities)

At 30 April 2016:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Segment assets/(liabilities)

Unallocated assets/(liabilities):
— Cash and cash equivalents
— Financial liabilities
— Deferred tax
— Income tax assets/(liabilities)

Total assets/(liabilities)

Segment  
assets  
£’000

99,077
45,889

Segment 
liabilities 
£’000

(46,442)
(40,120)

144,966

(86,562)

862
–
353
–

–
(27,362)
–
(2,187)

146,181

(116,111)

Segment  
assets  
£’000

73,858
42,672

116,530

715
–
–
36

Segment  
liabilities 
£’000

(39,288)
(33,773)

(73,061)

(1,817)
(17,677)
(202)
(1,747)

117,281

(94,504)

Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation by segment in the year ended 30 April was as follows: 

Capital expenditure:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

2017 
Group 
£’000

19,386
851

20,237

Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment (note 14) and intangible assets (note 12).

Depreciation:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

Amortisation:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

2017 
Group 
£’000

4,012
713

4,725

2017 
Group 
£’000

539
9

548

2016 
Group 
£’000

15,500
661

16,161

2016 
Group 
£’000

3,883
697

4,580

2016 
Group 
£’000

447
19

466

81

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
4. Segment information (continued)
Non-current assets held by each geographical area are made up as follows:

United Kingdom
Germany
Rest of Europe
Deferred taxation assets

Total

5. Staff costs

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs for the defined contribution scheme
Share based payments

Total

The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

Warehousing
Distribution
Service and maintenance
Administration

Total

Key management compensation (including Executive Directors):

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs for the defined contribution scheme
Share based payments

Total

Directors’ emoluments:

Aggregate emoluments excluding share based payments on unvested awards
Pension costs for the defined contribution scheme

Total

2017 
Group 
£’000

62,409
4,617
240
353

67,619

2017 
Group 
£’000

84,462
7,791
1,474
832

94,559

2017 
Group 
Number

2,402
416
396
526

3,740

2017 
Group 
£’000

2,680
370
336
793

4,179

2017 
Group 
£’000

1,309
48

1,357

2016 
Group 
£’000

46,194
4,268
–
–

50,462

2016 
Group 
£’000

72,662
6,766
1,371
454

81,253

2016 
Group 
Number

2,097
406
387
490

3,380

2016 
Group 
£’000

2,589
378
398
381

3,746

2016 
Group 
£’000

1,259
86

1,345

The number of Directors who were accruing benefits under a Group Pension Scheme is as follows:

Defined contribution plans

More detail is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 46 to 59.

2017 
Group 
Number

3

2016 
Group 
Number

3

82

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements6. Group operating profit
This is stated after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – owned assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – leased assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (included within administration and other expenses)

Total depreciation and amortisation expense

Operating lease rentals:
— Vehicles, plant and equipment
— Land and buildings

Auditor’s remuneration:
KPMG LLP:
— Group audit fees
— Other services

Ernst & Young LLP:
— Group audit fees
— Other services

Total auditor’s remuneration:
— Audit of the Group Financial Statements
— Audit of the subsidiaries
— Non-audit fees

Total fees paid to the Group’s auditors

Operating profit is stated after crediting:

Other net gains:
— Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
— Dealership contributions
— Fair value adjustment to derivative financial instruments
— Amortisation of grants

Total net gains

7. Dividends 

Final dividend for the prior year of 4.0 pence (2016: 3.2 pence) per share
Interim dividend for the year of 2.4 pence (2016: 2.0 pence) per share

Total dividends paid

2017 
Group 
£’000

2,023
2,702
548

5,273

2016 
Group 
£’000

2,484
2,096
466

5,046

8,876
18,069

7,808
15,474

142
–

–
–

60
82
–

142

125
–

30
–

60
95
–

155

2017 
Group 
£’000

2016 
Group 
£’000

260
135
10
–

405

2017 
Group 
£’000

4,000
2,400

6,400

37
165
60
1

263

2016 
Group 
£’000

3,200
2,000

5,200

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 April 2017 of 4.8 pence (2016: 4.0 pence) 
per share 

4,813

4,000

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been 
included as a liability in these Financial Statements. The proposed dividend is payable to all shareholders on the Register 
of Members on 8 September 2017. The payment of this dividend will not have any tax consequences for the Group.

83

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
8. Finance costs

On bank loans and overdrafts
On hire purchase agreements
Amortisation of debt issue costs
Commercial vehicle stocking interest
Other interest payable

2017 
Group 
£’000

438
766
97
299
57

2016 
Group 
£’000

533
394
78
370
38

Total interest expense for financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

1,657

1,413

9. Finance income

Bank interest
Other interest
Amounts receivable from related parties

Total interest income for financial assets measured at amortised cost

10. Income tax expense
(a) Tax charged in the income statement:

Current income tax:
UK and foreign corporation tax
Amounts under/(over) provided in previous years

Total income tax on continuing operations

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Amounts under/(over) provided in previous years
Impact of change in tax laws and rates

Total deferred tax

2017 
Group 
£’000

–
3
18

21

2017 
Group 
£’000

3,620
90

3,710

(144)
48
(28)

(124)

2016 
Group 
£’000

3
1
–

4

2016 
Group 
£’000

3,066
(28)

3,038

(231)
21
(42)

(252)

Tax expense in the income statement on continuing operations

3,586

2,786

(b) Tax relating to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income:
There are no tax consequences of any of the items included in other comprehensive income.

(c) Reconciliation of income tax charge:
The income tax expense in the income statement for the year differs from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. 
The differences are reconciled below:

Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Standard rate of corporation tax in UK
Tax on profit on ordinary activities at standard rate

Share of equity-accounted investees, already net of tax
Expenses not allowable for tax purposes
Tax under/(over) provided in previous years
Difference in tax rates overseas
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
Deferred tax rate difference

Total tax expense reported in the income statement

84

2017 
Group 
£’000

16,052
19.92%
3,198

(43)
212
138
109
–
(28)

2016 
Group 
£’000

13,122
20.00%
2,624

–
169
(7)
42
–
(42)

3,586

2,786

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements(d) Deferred tax in the income statement:

Deferred tax on accelerated capital allowances
Deferred tax on other temporary differences

Total

2017 
Group 
£’000

152
(276)

(124)

2016 
Group 
£’000

(123)
(129)

(252)

The UK corporation tax rate reduced from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017. Legislation to reduce the rate to 17% 
with effect from 1 April 2020 was substantively enacted at 30 April 2017. A rate of 17% (2016: 18%) has been applied in the 
measurement of the Group’s UK deferred tax assets and liabilities in the year.

(e) Deferred tax in the statement of financial position:

Deferred tax liabilities:
Accelerated capital allowances
Other timing differences

Deferred tax asset:
Share based payments
Provisions and other timing differences

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

(f) Deferred tax movement:

At 1 May 2015
Credited to income statement
Credited to share based payment reserve
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2016

Credited to income statement
Credited to share based payment reserve
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

2017 
Group 
£’000

(512)
(204)

873
196

353

2016 
Group 
£’000

(356)
(213)

309
58

(202)

Group 
£’000

(642)
252
190
(2)

(202)

124
429
2

353

11. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of 
the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share 
amounts are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
that would be issued on conversion of all the potentially dilutive instruments into ordinary shares.

The following reflects the income and share data used in the earnings per share computation:

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company

Basic weighted average number of shares (thousands)
Basic earnings per share

Diluted weighted average number of shares (thousands)
Diluted earnings per share

2017 
Group 
£’000

12,466

2017 
Group

100,011
12.5p

101,710
12.3p

2016 
Group 
£’000

10,336

2016 
Group

100,000
10.3p

100,823
10.3p

85

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
12. Intangible assets

Cost:
At 1 May 2015
Additions
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2016

Additions
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Accumulated amortisation:
At 1 May 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2016

Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:

At 1 May 2015

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2017

Goodwill 
Group 
£’000

Contracts  
and licences 
Group 
£’000

Computer  
software 
Group 
£’000

23,252
–
–
–

23,252

–
–
–

1,933
98
–
–

2,031

–
–
7

1,514
448
–
5

1,967

551
(263)
16

Total 
Group 
£’000

26,699
546
–
5

27,250

551
(263)
23

23,252

2,038

2,271

27,561

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

786
187
–
1

974

177
–
2

1,094
279
–
5

1,378

371
(96)
5

1,880
466
–
6

2,352

548
(96)
7

1,153

1,658

2,811

23,252

23,252

23,252

1,147

1,057

885

420

589

613

24,819

24,898

24,750

The average remaining useful life of contracts and licences at 30 April 2017 is 5.4 years (2016: 6.5 years)

13. Impairment test for goodwill
The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to each cash generating unit (“CGU”) as follows:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

2017 
Group 
£’000

17,326
5,926

23,252

2016 
Group 
£’000

17,326
5,926

23,252

A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets. The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations.

The value-in-use calculations have used pre-tax cash flow projections based on the Board approved business plans for the 
three years ending 30 April 2020. 

The business plans for the value-added logistics services segment take into account the annualised impact of contract wins 
in the year ended 30 April 2017 as well as confirmed new and ceasing contracts. The key judgement is the assumed new 
contract wins during the business plan period, which has been based on historical experience. 

Subsequent cash flows are extrapolated using an estimated long-term growth rate of 2.5% (2016: 2.5%) to 2027 (2016: 2026). 
The cash flows have then been discounted using a pre-tax risk adjusted discount rate of between 9 and 11% (2016: 9 and 11%). 
The forecasts of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the year end. 

The Directors have concluded that no reasonably foreseeable change in the key assumptions would give rise to an impairment.

86

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements14. Property, plant and equipment 

Cost:
At 1 May 2015
Additions
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2016

Additions
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 May 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2016

Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:

At 1 May 2015

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2017

Leasehold  
property 
Group 
£’000

Motor  
vehicles 
Group 
£’000

3,851
391
(16)
5

4,231

198
(142)
6

3,836
1,875
(680)
68

5,099

777
(1,123)
129

Plant, 
machinery, 
fixtures & 
fittings 
Group 
£’000

26,224
13,349
(259)
209

39,523

18,711
(3,429)
232

Total 
Group 
£’000

33,911
15,615
(955)
282

48,853

19,686
(4,694)
367

4,293

4,882

55,037

64,212

1,759
313
(16)
5

2,061

353
(142)
5

1,965
784
(488)
34

2,295

861
(794)
26

15,572
3,483
(250)
128

18,933

3,511
(1,907)
111

19,296
4,580
(754)
167

23,289

4,725
(2,843)
142

2,277

2,388

20,648

25,313

2,092

2,170

2,016

1,871

2,804

2,494

10,652

20,590

14,615

25,564

34,389

38,899

Included within property, plant and equipment are amounts held under finance lease contracts. At 30 April 2017, the net book 
value of these assets was £27,314,000 (30 April 2016: £10,638,000). Total additions include £13,697,000 (2016: £8,172,000) under 
finance lease contracts.

Additions to plant, machinery, fixtures & fittings include £1,824,000 (2016: £2,823,000) in respect of assets in the course 
of construction.

15. Investment in equity-accounted investees

Brought forward
Subscription for share capital
Share of profit after tax for the period

Carried forward

2017 
Group 
£’000

–
1,950
217

2,167

2016 
Group 
£’000

–
–
–

–

The Company owns 50% of the issued capital and voting rights of Clicklink Logistics Limited (“Clicklink”), a company 
incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales. Clicklink provides services in respect of the sortation, 
fulfilment and delivery of one-man orders to Click and Collect customer collection points in the United Kingdom. 
On 1 November 2016 the Company subscribed for 1,000,000 A ordinary shares of £1 each in Clicklink, for aggregate 
consideration of £1,950,000. Clicklink commenced trading on 1 November 2016 and has a 31 January financial period end. 

87

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
15. Investment in equity-accounted investees (continued)
Summarised financial information from Clicklink’s audited accounts for the 13 week trading period ended  
31 January 2017 is set out below:

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Equity attributable to owners of the company

Revenue
Operating profit
Interest payable and similar charges
Income tax expense

Profit for the period

16. Inventories

Component parts and consumable stores
Commercial vehicles
Commercial vehicles on consignment

Total inventories net of provision for obsolescence

See below for the movements in the provision for obsolescence:

At 1 May 2015
Charged for the year
Utilised

At 30 April 2016

Charged for the year
Utilised

At 30 April 2017

31 January
2017 
£’000

7,874
4,677
(5,312)
(2,905)

4,334

13 weeks 
ended 
31 January
2017 
£’000

6,624
560
(18)
(108)

434

2016 
Group 
£’000

4,319
3,768
18,165

26,252

Group 
£’000

17
39
(47)

9

114
(36)

87

2017 
Group 
£’000

4,459
3,225
22,288

29,972

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense amounted to £91,072,000 (2016: £ 82,398,000).

Included within commercial vehicles is £768,000 (2016: £930,000) relating to assets held under hire purchase agreements.

17. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables
Amounts receivable from related parties (see note 27)
Prepayments and accrued income

Total trade and other receivables

2017 
Group 
£’000

24,297
(340)

23,957

2,708
522
20,541

47,728

2016 
Group 
£’000

19,316
(328)

18,988

2,971
–
17,857

39,816

See note 26 on credit risk of trade receivables, which explains how the Group manages and measures credit quality of trade 
receivables that are neither past due nor impaired.

88

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsSee below for the movements in the provision for impairment:

At 1 May 2015
Charged for the year
Foreign currency adjustment
Utilised

At 30 April 2016

Charged for the year
Foreign currency adjustment
Utilised

At 30 April 2017

Group 
£’000

256
124
2
(54)

328

227
1
(216)

340

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the Group’s customer base being large, 
unrelated and blue chip. Due to this, management believes there is no further credit risk provision required in excess of normal 
provision for doubtful receivables. The average credit period taken on sale of goods or services is 22 days (2016: 20 days).

An impairment review has been undertaken at the balance sheet date to assess whether the carrying amount of financial 
assets is deemed recoverable. The primary credit risk relates to customers which have amounts due outside of their credit 
period. A provision for impairment is made when there is objective evidence of impairment which is usually indicated by a 
delay in the expected cash flows or non-payment from customers.

The ageing analysis of trade receivables was as follows:

30 April 2017

30 April 2016

18. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdraft

Total cash and cash equivalents

19. Trade and other payables

Trade creditors
Consignment inventory payables
Amounts payable to related parties (see note 27)
Other taxes and social security
Other creditors
Accruals and deferred income

Total trade and other payables

Neither past 
due nor 
impaired

£’000

22,245

17,216

Total

£’000

23,957

18,988

Past due but not impaired

30-60 days  
£’000

60-90 days  
£’000

> 90 days  
£’000

816

1,006

64

231

2017 
Group 
£’000

862
–

862

2017 
Group 
£’000

28,760
29,230
171
5,372
5,103
16,432

85,068

832

535

2016 
Group 
£’000

715
(1,817)

(1,102)

2016 
Group 
£’000

25,984
22,859
–
3,364
4,338
15,638

72,183

89

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
20. Financial liabilities: borrowings

Non-current:
Bank loans
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total non-current

Current:
Bank overdrafts
Bank loans
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total current

Total borrowings

Less:  Cash and cash equivalents

Loans to related party (see note 27)

Net debt

The maturity analysis of the bank loans at 30 April is as follows:

In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Total bank loans

2017 
Group 
£’000

1,330
18,643

19,973

–
797
6,592

7,389

27,362

862
1,450

25,050

2017 
Group 
£’000

797
1,330
–

2,127

2016 
Group 
£’000

5,113
7,818

12,931

1,817
944
3,792

6,553

19,484

715
–

18,769

2016 
Group 
£’000

944
5,113
–

6,057

The principal lender has security over all assets of the Group’s UK operations. The Group’s principal bank facilities total 
£30,000,000 and consist of:

— a Revolving Credit Facility of £20,000,000 repayable in January 2021; interest rate 1.75% above LIBOR. The amount drawn 

at 30 April 2017 was £nil;

— a committed overdraft of £8,000,000. The amount drawn at 30 April 2017 was £nil; and
— bonds and guarantees of £2,000,000.

Items included within bank loans at 30 April 2017 are as follows:

— other bank loans – £2,491,000 repayable in monthly or quarterly instalments over periods between two and 52 months; 

interest rates fixed at between 3.65% and 4.80%;

— unamortised debt issue costs of £364,000 in relation to the principal facilities, which have been deducted from the total 

outstanding bank loans. 

90

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements 
The amounts which are repayable under hire purchase or finance lease instalments are shown below:

Fixed rate leases:
Minimum lease payments:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Interest:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Principal of fixed rate leases:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Variable rate leases:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Total

2017 
Group 
£’000

2016 
Group 
£’000

6,631
19,008
–

25,639

(830)
(1,194)
–

(2,024)

5,801
17,814
–

23,615

791
829
–

1,620

25,235

3,241
7,244
–

10,485

(366)
(483)
–

(849)

2,875
6,761
–

9,636

917
1,057
–

1,974

11,610

It is the Group’s policy to acquire certain of its property, plant and equipment and inventories under finance leases or hire 
purchase agreements. The average contract term is 4.5 (2016: 4.0) years. At 30 April 2017 £23,636,000 (2016 £10,878,000) of the 
Group total of such obligations is denominated in Pounds Sterling and the remainder is denominated in Euros. The interest on 
the variable rate leases is based on a margin above Bank Base Rate or LIBOR. The Group’s obligations under finance leases 
are secured by the lessor’s charge over the assets.

21. Provisions

At 1 May 2015
Utilised
Charged in year

At 30 April 2016

Utilised
Consideration received
Charged in year

At 30 April 2017

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:

Current
Non-current

Total

Onerous 
contracts 
Group 
£’000

Uninsured 
losses 
Group 
£’000

Dilapidations 
Group 
£’000

234
(92)
30

172

(92)
–
19

99

–
(60)
60

–

(145)
–
145

606
(92)
192

706

(166)
557
298

Total 
Group 
£’000

840
(244)
282

878

(403)
557
462

–

1,395

1,494

2017 
Group 
£’000

127
1,367

1,494

2016 
Group 
£’000

109
769

878

91

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
21. Provisions (continued)
Onerous contracts
Following a reorganisation of the commercial vehicles business in the year ended 30 April 2013, which included the closure 
of a depot, the Group was unsuccessful in its efforts to sub-let the closed premises. The Directors therefore made a provision 
in the year ended 30 April 2014 for the rent that will be payable until the expiry of the lease in September 2018.

Uninsured losses
The uninsured losses provision is in respect of the cost of claims (generally for commercial vehicles and employment related) 
which are either not insured externally or fall below the excess on the Group’s insurance policies.

Dilapidations
Provisions are established over the life of leases to cover remedial work necessary at termination under the terms of those 
leases. Two key sites have leases that expire 20 and 11 years from the balance sheet date and a new office lease expires 
15 years from the balance sheet date. All other leases expire in 10 years or less.

During the year the Company took assignment of a property lease with 8 years remaining and received compensation 
from the previous tenant, reflecting the agreed value of accrued dilapidation remedial works at the date of handover.

22. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
100,022,968 (2016: 100,005,341) ordinary shares of 0.05p each

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

50

50

During the year the Company issued 17,627 ordinary shares at a price of 140.4p per share to satisfy share options. See note 23 below.

23. Share based payments
The Clipper Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) was approved by shareholders on 29 September 2014. The PSP enables selected 
directors and employees of the Group to be granted awards in respect of ordinary shares. Share Awards under the PSP will 
ordinarily be structured as nil cost share options with the vesting of Share Awards being subject to performance conditions 
measured over a period of at least 3 years. A summary of the principal terms of the PSP, including vesting conditions, is 
contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 46 to 59.

The Clipper Sharesave Plan is a share plan for all UK employees in the Group, and offers them the opportunity to acquire an 
interest in shares in the Company on favourable terms within the long-standing regime allowed by HMRC legislation. All UK 
staff are invited to participate on the same terms, and employees who choose to participate are granted an option over 
shares in the Company, with the exercise of that option being funded by the proceeds of a savings contract taken out by 
the relevant employee, under which the employee saves a set amount each month over a set period. The options granted 
in the year were offered with a 3-year savings contract, under which the employee could elect to save between £5 and 
£500 per month.

Option movements and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) during the year were as follows:

Date

Outstanding 1 May 2015
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding 30 April 2016

Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding 30 April 2017

PSP  
Number

845,895
519,551
–
–

1,365,446

379,848
(151,155)
–

1,594,139

WAEP

nil
nil
–
–

nil

nil
nil
–

nil

Sharesave 
Number 

1,352,846
299,609
(127,245)
(5,341)

WAEP

140.40p
239.34p
148.70p
140.40p

1,519,869

159.21p

311,214
(141,985)
(17,627)

303.74p
169.53p
140.40p

1,671,471

185.44p

At 30 April 2017, options over 4,509 (2016: 6,671) of the above shares were exercisable.

92

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsThe fair value of the share options is measured at the grant date, using the Black-Scholes model and taking into account the 
terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. 

The key inputs to the model are:

Share price at: 27 January 2017
6 February 2017

Expected life of option
Volatility
Dividend yield

2017

380.00p
374.88p
3.5 years
35%
1.68% – 1.71%

The expected life of the options has been estimated as 6 months beyond vesting date. As there is little historical data the 
volatility has been estimated at 35% based on similar quoted companies. The dividend yield is calculated by applying 
dividends paid in the preceding 12 months to the share price at the grant date.

The cost of the options is recognised over the expected vesting period. The total charge for the year ended 30 April 2017 
relating to employee share based payment plans was £832,000 (2016: £454,000). The fair value of share options at 30 April 2017 
to be amortised in future years was £2,052,000 (2016: £1,958,000).

All share based payments in both years are equity settled.

24. Commitments and contingencies
Operating lease commitments – land and buildings:

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

Total minimum lease payments

Operating lease commitments – vehicles, plant and equipment:

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

Total minimum lease payments

25. Capital commitments

Authorised and contracted for
Authorised, but not contracted for

Total capital commitments

2017 
Group 
£’000

19,191
66,367
77,567

2016 
Group 
£’000

14,981
60,549
83,541

163,125

159,071

2017 
Group 
£’000

5,844
9,443
11

2016 
Group 
£’000

4,697
9,148
99

15,298

13,944

2017 
Group 
£’000

2,011
2,659

4,670

2016 
Group 
£’000

9,467
7,279

16,746

26. Financial instruments and financial risk management objectives and policies
In accordance with IAS 39 (Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement) the Group has reviewed all contracts for 
embedded derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for if they do not meet certain requirements. The Group 
did not identify any such derivatives.

The Group is exposed to a number of different market risks in the normal course of business including credit, interest rate and 
foreign currency risks.

93

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
26. Financial instruments and financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)
Credit risk
Credit risk predominantly arises from trade receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The Group has a customer credit 
policy in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. External credit ratings are generally 
obtained for customers; Group policy is to assess the credit quality of each customer before accepting any terms of trade.

Internal procedures take into account customers’ financial positions as well as their reputation within the industry and past 
payment experience. Cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments are held with AAA or AA rated banks. 
Financial instruments classified as fair value through profit and loss and available for sale are all publicly traded on the UK 
London Stock Exchange. Given the high credit quality of counterparties with whom the Group has investments, the Directors 
do not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

At 30 April 2017 there were no significant concentrations of credit risk (2016: £nil). The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk, 
gross of any collateral held, relating to its financial assets is equivalent to their carrying value. All financial assets have a fair 
value which is equal to their carrying value, as a consequence of their short maturity. The Group did not have any financial 
instruments that would mitigate the credit exposure arising from the financial assets designated at fair value through profit or 
loss in either the current or the preceding financial year.

Interest rate risk
The Group adopts a policy of ensuring that there is an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rates in managing its exposure to 
changes in interest rates on borrowings. Interest rate swaps are entered into, where necessary, to achieve this appropriate mix.

The interest rate swap taken on by the Company as part of the novation of bank facilities from the former parent on 2 May 2014, 
expired on 31 October 2016. 

Interest rate sensitivity
The Group’s borrowings are largely denominated in Pounds Sterling and the Group is therefore exposed to a change in the 
relevant interest rate. With all other variables held constant, the impact of a reasonably possible increase in interest rates of 
50 basis points (2016: 50 points) on that portion of borrowings affected, would be to reduce the Group’s profit before tax by 
£93,000 (2016: £99,000).

Foreign currency risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in currencies other 
than Pounds Sterling. The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily the Euro and US dollar. The volume of transactions 
denominated in foreign currencies is not significant to the Group.

The exposure to a short-term fluctuation in exchange rates on the investment in foreign subsidiaries is not expected to have 
a material impact on the results of the Group.

Capital management
The Group’s main objective when managing capital is to protect returns to shareholders by ensuring the Group will continue 
to trade profitably in the foreseeable future. The Group also aims to maximise its capital structure of debt and equity so as to 
minimise its cost of capital.

The Group manages its capital with regard to the risks inherent in the business and the sector within which it operates by 
monitoring its gearing ratio on a regular basis and adjusting the level of dividends paid to ordinary shareholders.

The Group considers its capital to include equity and net debt. Net debt includes short and long-term borrowings (including 
overdrafts and lease obligations) net of cash and cash equivalents.

The Group has not made any changes to its capital management during the year. The Group has no long-term gearing ratio 
target. Borrowings are taken out to invest in the acquisition of subsidiaries, new sites or depots and are considered as part of 
that investment appraisal. Key measures monitored by the Group are interest cover and net debt compared to earnings 
before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.

94

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsIn order to achieve the overall objective, the Group’s capital management, amongst other things, aims to ensure that it meets 
financial covenants attached to the borrowings. The Group has satisfied all such financial covenants in both years.

EBIT
Finance costs (net)

Interest cover

EBIT
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation and impairment of computer software

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA)
Net debt (note 20)

Net debt/EBITDA

2017 
Group 
£’000

17,928
1,636

11.0

2017 
Group 
£’000

17,928
4,725
371

23,024
25,050

1.09

2016 
Group 
£’000

14,718
1,409

10.4

2016 
Group 
£’000

14,718
4,580
279

19,577
18,769

0.96

Liquidity risk
Management closely monitors available bank and other credit facilities in comparison to the Group’s outstanding commitments 
on a regular basis to ensure that the Group has sufficient funds to meet the obligations of the Group as they fall due. 

The Board receives regular cash forecasts which estimate the cash inflows and outflows over the next 24-36 months, so that 
management can ensure that sufficient financing can be arranged as it is required. The Group would normally expect that 
sufficient cash is generated in the operating cycle to meet the contractual cash flows as disclosed above through effective 
cash management.

Maturity of financial liabilities:

30 April 2016
Fixed rate borrowings
Floating rate borrowings

Total borrowings
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

30 April 2017
Fixed rate borrowings
Floating rate borrowings

Total borrowings
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

Due within 
one year 
£’000

Due between 
one and two 
years 
£’000

Due between 
two and five 
years 
£’000

2,980
3,573

6,553
70,388

76,941

6,598
791

7,389
81,681

89,070

2,457
674

3,131
–

3,131

6,013
695

6,708
–

6,708

5,279
4,982

10,261
–

10,261

13,496
134

13,630
–

13,630

Total 
£’000

10,716
9,229

19,945
70,388

90,333

26,107
1,620

27,727
81,681

109,408

Estimation of fair values
The main methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

— derivatives: interest rate swaps are marked to market using listed market prices;
— interest-bearing loans and borrowings: fair value is calculated based on discounted expected future principal and interest 

cash flows; and

— trade and other receivables/payables: the notional amount for trade receivables/payables with a remaining life of less than 

one year are deemed to reflect their fair value.

95

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
26. Financial instruments and financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 

Non-current financial assets

Current financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Liabilities:
Bank overdraft
Short-term borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Long-term borrowings

2017 
Book value 
£’000

2017 
Fair value 
£’000

2016 
Book value 
£’000

2016 
Fair value 
£’000

1,450

1,394

–

–

862
47,484

862
47,484

–
(7,389)
(84,824)
–
(19,973)

–
(7,389)
(84,824)
–
(19,100)

715
39,816

(1,817)
(4,736)
(72,183)
(10)
(12,931)

715
39,816

(1,817)
(4,736)
(72,183)
(10)
(12,588)

Long-term borrowings are classified as Level 2 (items with significant observable inputs) financial liabilities under IFRS 13. Derivative 
financial instruments consist of interest rate swaps and are classified as Level 2 (items with significant observable inputs) financial 
liabilities under IFRS 13. There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments during the year.

27. Related party disclosures
Clicklink Logistics Limited (see note 15) is a supplier of logistics services to the Group. The Group provides certain resources 
to Clicklink, principally people and vehicles, under the terms of the joint venture agreement. Amounts charged for these 
resources are included in revenue.

Knaresborough Investments Limited, a company controlled by Steve Parkin, receives management and administration 
services from the Group. 

Branton Court Stud LLP, in which Steve Parkin is a partner, receives management and administration services from the Group.

Roydhouse Properties Limited is the landlord of two of the Company’s leasehold properties and is classed as a related party 
due to the company having common directors with Clipper Logistics plc.

Knaresborough Real Estate Limited, a company owned by Steve Parkin, is the landlord of one of the Group’s leasehold 
properties. Rent payable under the current lease is at the same rate as that with the previous landlord.

Southerns Office Interiors Limited supplies office furniture to the Group and is a customer of the commercial vehicles segment. 
A company owned by Steve Parkin is registered as a person with significant control over Southerns Limited, the ultimate parent 
of Southerns Office Interiors Limited.

Guiseley Association Football Club shares a common director with Clipper Logistics plc. 

Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited shares a common director with Clipper Logistics plc.

The Group rents an aircraft from South Acre Aviation Limited, a company owned by Steve Parkin. Charges are on an arm’s 
length basis.

Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5.

Balances owing to or from these related parties at 30 April were as follows:

Non-current financial assets:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – interest bearing loan
Trade and other receivables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – trading balance
Knaresborough Investments Limited 
Branton Court Stud LLP
Trade and other payables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Southerns Office Interiors Limited

96

2017 
Group 
£’000

1,450

282
115
125

135
36

2016 
Group 
£’000

–

–
–
–

–
–

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsThe shareholders in Clicklink Logistics Limited have jointly made available to that company a term loan facility of £3,900,000 of 
which the Company’s 50% share is £1,950,000. The facility may be drawn in up to ten loans. Interest on each loan is calculated 
at a margin above 12 month LIBOR and is payable annually. All loans drawn under the facility are repayable in November 2019.

All other balances owing to or from related parties were settled by the end of June 2017.

Transactions with these related parties in the year ended 30 April were as follows:

Items credited to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – revenue
Clicklink Logistics Limited – finance income
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Branton Court Stud LLP
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited
Items charged to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Roydhouse Properties Limited 
Knaresborough Real Estate Limited 
Southerns Office Interiors Limited 
Guiseley Association Football Club
South Acre Aviation Limited 
Purchase of non-current assets
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Sale of non-current assets
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items previously capitalised by the Company
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items procured but not capitalised by the Company

2017 
Group 
£’000

4,701
18
150
125
7
2

410
5
888
345
47
25
7

136

1,173
3,681

2016 
Group 
£’000

–
–
275
–
–
–

–
–
885
298
–
50
19

–

–
–

28. Business combinations
Servicecare Support Services Limited
On 3 December 2014, the Group acquired 100% of the voting shares of Servicecare Support Services Limited, in exchange for 
cash consideration. In the year ended 30 April 2016, deferred consideration of £2,212,000 was paid.

29. Post balance sheet events
Acquisition of Tesam Distribution Limited
On 24 May 2017 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Tesam Distribution Limited (“Tesam”). Tesam is a 
provider of a variety of warehousing and distribution services to the retail sector. The business, which operates from three sites 
in and around Peterborough totalling more than 1.1m square feet, was established in 1984 and employs around 250 people.

In its financial year ended 30 June 2016, Tesam’s audited accounts reported revenue of £19.6m, earnings before interest and 
tax of £1.8m and net assets of £3.1m.

The gross consideration paid was £11.75m. However the assets acquired include cash of approximately £3.4m and a freehold 
property which will be sold post-acquisition and is expected to realise £2.7m net. The net consideration was funded in cash 
from the Company’s existing cash and bank facilities.

Exercise of options
On 5 June 2017 the Company’s broker Numis Securities Limited (“Numis”) exercised the share options (“Options”) granted to it 
pursuant to an Option Deed dated 30 May 2014 which was entered into by the Company and Numis at IPO. Under the terms 
of the Option Deed, upon the exercise of the Options and the payment of the exercise price of £1 per share, 250,000 new ordinary 
shares of 0.05p each (“New Shares”) were issued to Numis. The New Shares rank pari passu with all existing ordinary shares in issue.

Acquisition of RepairTech Limited
On 15 June 2017 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of RepairTech Limited (“RepairTech”). RepairTech is 
a specialist provider of consumer electronic repair services based in Southam, Warwickshire.

RepairTech was established in 1999 by the current Managing Director, Richard Costello. It is consistently profitable, and reported 
underlying earnings before interest and tax of £0.6m on revenues of £3.2m in its unaudited financial statements to March 2017.

Consideration is £2.5m in cash, with a further £0.5m deferred for 12 months. Assets acquired with the business include net cash 
balances of approximately £0.3m. The consideration was funded in cash from the Company’s existing cash and bank facilities.

97

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Company Statement of Financial Position
At 30 April 

Assets:
Non-current assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in subsidiaries
Other investments
Non-current financial assets
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current income tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity and liabilities:
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities: borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Short term provisions
Current income tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Long term provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity shareholders’ funds
Share capital
Share premium
Currency translation reserve
Other reserve
Share based payment reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Total equity and liabilities

Approved by the Board on 27 July 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

D A Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer 
Company No. 03042024

98

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

Note

D
E
F
F
T
O

G
H

J

I
J
M
N

J
N
O

P

5,712
194

5,906
33,522
20,228
1,950
1,450
279

63,335

394
37,947
–
49

38,390

101,725

44,920
15,210
–
43
1,766

61,939

18,057
1,279
–

19,336

81,275

50
80
40
851
2,038
17,391

20,450

101,725

5,712
414

6,126
20,279
19,973
–
–

46,378

500
27,518
–
212

28,230

74,608

37,429
11,854
10
26
1,118

50,437

11,292
616
55

11,963

62,400

50
56
25
851
783
10,443

12,208

74,608

 Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsCompany Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 April

Balance at 1 May 2015
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2016

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Balance at 1 May 2015
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2016

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Share capital 
Company 
£’000

Share 
premium 
Company 
£’000

Currency 
translation 
reserve 
Company 
£’000

Other reserve 
Company 
£’000

Carried 
forward 
Company 
£’000

50
–
–
–
–
–

50

–
–
–
–
–

50

48
–
–
8
–
–

56

–
–
–
24
–

80

–
25
–
–
–
–

25

–
15
–
–
–

40

Brought 
forward 
Company 
£’000

Share based 
payment 
reserve 
Company 
£’000

949
–
25
–
8
–

982

–
15
–
24
–

1,021

110
–
–
673
–
–

783

–
–
1,255
–
–

2,038

851
–
–
–
–
–

851

–
–
–
–
–

949
25
–
8
–
–

982

–
15
–
24
–

851

1,021

Retained 
earnings 
Company 
£’000

6,521
9,122
–
–
–
(5,200)

Total 
Company 
£’000

7,580
9,122
25
673
8
(5,200)

10,443

12,208

13,343
–
5
–
(6,400)

13,343
15
1,260
24
(6,400)

17,391

20,450

99

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements

A. Authorisation of Financial 
Statements and statement of 
compliance with UK GAAP
The Parent Company Financial 
Statements of Clipper Logistics plc 
(the “Company”) for the year ended 
30 April 2017 were authorised for issue 
by the Board of Directors on 27 July 2017 
and the Company Statement of 
Financial Position was signed on the 
Board’s behalf by David Hodkin. Clipper 
Logistics plc is a public limited 
company incorporated and domiciled 
in England and Wales. The Company’s 
ordinary shares are traded on the 
London Stock Exchange.

The Financial Statements are prepared 
in accordance with Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (FRS 101). The Financial 
Statements are prepared under the 
historical cost convention.

No profit and loss account is presented 
by the Company as permitted by 
Section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006. The profit after tax attributable 
to the members of the Company and 
other comprehensive income are 
shown in the Statement of Changes 
in Equity.

The results of Clipper Logistics plc 
are included in the consolidated 
Financial Statements of Clipper 
Logistics plc which are available from 
the Company Secretary at Gelderd 
Road, Leeds, LS12 6LT.

The accounting policies which follow 
set out those policies which apply in 
preparing the Financial Statements 
for the year ended 30 April 2017. The 
Financial Statements are prepared in 
Pounds Sterling and are rounded to 
the nearest thousand pounds (£’000).

B. Accounting policies
The Financial Statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006 and with 
applicable accounting standards  
in the United Kingdom.

B.1. Basis of preparation
The Company has taken advantage 
of the following disclosure exemptions 
under FRS 101:

(a)  the requirements of paragraphs 

45(b) and 46-52 of IFRS 2 Share 
based Payment;

(b)  the requirements of paragraphs 62, 
B64(d), B64(e), B64(g), B64(h), B64(j) 
to B64(m), B64(n)(ii), B64 (o)(ii), 
B64(p), B64(q)(ii), B66 and B67 of 
IFRS 3 Business Combinations; 

(c)  the requirements of IFRS 7 Financial 

Instruments: Disclosures; 

(d)  the requirements of paragraphs 

91-99 of IFRS 13 Fair Value 
Measurement; 

(e)  the requirement in paragraph 38 of 
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial 
Statements’ to present comparative 
information in respect of: 
i.  paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1; 
ii.   paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16 

Property, Plant and Equipment; 

iii.   paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38 

Intangible Assets; 

iv.   paragraphs 76 and 79(d) of 

IAS 40 Investment Property; and 

v.   paragraph 50 of IAS 41 

Agriculture. 

(f)  the requirements of paragraphs 
10(d), 10(f), 39(c) and 134-136 of 
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial 
Statements; 

(g) the requirements of IAS 7 Statement 

of Cash Flows; 

(h)  the requirements of paragraphs 30 
and 31 of IAS 8 Accounting Policies, 
Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors; 

(i)  the requirements of paragraph 17 of 
IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures; the 
requirements in IAS 24 Related Party 
Disclosures to disclose related party 
transactions entered into between 
two or more members of a group, 
provided that any subsidiary which 
is a party to the transaction is wholly 
owned by such a member; and
(j)  the requirements of paragraphs 

134(d)-134(f) and 135(c)-135(e) of IAS 
36 Impairment of Assets.

B.2. Going concern
The Financial Statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. 
In determining the appropriate basis 
of preparation of the Financial 
Statements, the Directors are required 
to consider whether the Company and 
the Group can continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future.

Further information in relation to the 
Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and 
position is set out in the Strategic Report 
section of this report on pages 8 to 35.

Note 26 to the Group Financial 
Statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes  
for managing its capital, its financial  
risk management objectives and its 
exposure to foreign exchange, credit 
and interest rate risk.

The Company Statement of Financial 
Position at 30 April 2017 shows current 
assets of £38,390,000 (2016: £28,230,000) 
and current liabilities of £61,939,000 
(2016: £50,437,000). Net current  
liabilities are therefore £23,549,000 
(2016: £22,207,000). The Group has 
access to a non-amortising Revolving 
Credit Facility of £20,000,000 repayable 
in 2021 and an overdraft facility of 
£8,000,000, neither of which had been 
drawn down at 30 April 2017 (see note 
20 to the Group Financial Statements). 
The Company’s bank overdraft shown 
in Note J was covered by cash 
balances held by other UK entities 
of the Group.

The Directors have assessed the future 
funding requirements of the Group and 
the Company and compared them 
to the bank facilities which are now 
available. The assessment included a 
detailed review of financial and cash 
flow forecasts for at least the 12 month 
period from the date of signing the 
Annual Report. The Directors considered 
a range of potential scenarios within the 
key markets the Group serves and how 
these might impact on the Group’s cash 
flow. The Directors also considered what 
mitigating actions the Group could take 
to limit any adverse consequences.

100

 Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
The Group’s forecasts and projections 
show that the Group should be able to 
operate without the need for any 
increase in borrowing facilities.

Having undertaken this work, the 
Directors are of the opinion that the 
Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly,  
they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the 
Financial Statements.

B.3. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated 
at historical cost less depreciation and 
impairment. Historical cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable 
to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the 
asset’s carrying amount or recognised 
as a separate asset, as appropriate, 
only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with  
the item will flow to the Company and 
the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of any 
replaced part is derecognised. All  
other repairs and maintenance are 
charged to the income statement 
during the financial period in which 
they are incurred.

Depreciation is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate their 
cost to their residual values over their 
estimated useful lives, as follows:

— Leasehold property over the length 

of the lease;

— Plant and machinery 2 – 20 years; and
— Motor vehicles 4 – 8 years.

Residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each balance sheet date.

An asset’s carrying amount is 
written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s 
carrying amount is greater than its 
estimated recoverable amount.

An item of property, plant and 
equipment and any significant part 
initially recognised is derecognised 
upon disposal or when no future 
economic benefits are expected from 
its use or disposal. Any gain or loss 
arising on derecognition of the asset 
(calculated as the difference between 
the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is 
included within ‘other net gains’ 
in the income statement when the 
asset is derecognised.

B.4. Investments 
Non-current investments are shown 
at cost less provision for impairment.

B.5. Intangible assets
(a) Contracts and licences
Intangible assets recognised in relation to 
contracts or licences are amortised over 
the length of the relevant agreement.

(b) Goodwill
Goodwill representing the excess of the 
purchase price compared with the fair 
value of net assets acquired is capitalised 
and included in intangible assets.

Separately recognised goodwill is 
tested annually for impairment and 
carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses. This is not in 
accordance with The Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 
2008 which requires that all goodwill be 
amortised. The directors consider that 
this would fail to give a true and fair 
view of the profit for the year and that 
the economic measure of performance 
in any period is properly made by 
reference only to any impairment that 
may have arisen. It is not practicable 
to quantify the effect on the Financial 
Statements of this departure.

(c) Computer software
Acquired computer software licences 
are capitalised on the basis of the costs 
incurred to acquire and bring to use 
the specific software. These costs are 
amortised over their estimated useful 
lives (three to five years).

Costs associated with developing 
or maintaining computer software 
programmes are recognised as an 
expense as incurred. Costs that 
are directly associated with the 
development of identifiable and unique 
software products controlled by the 
Company, and that will probably 
generate economic benefits exceeding 
costs beyond one year, are recognised 
as intangible assets. Costs include the 
software development employee costs 
and overheads directly attributable to 
bringing the asset into use.

Computer software development 
costs recognised as assets are 
amortised over their estimated 
useful lives (not exceeding five years).

B.6. Leases 
Leases in which a significant portion of 
the risks and rewards of ownership are 
retained by the lessor are classified as 
operating leases. Payments made under 
operating leases (net of any incentives 
received from the lessor) are charged to 
the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the lease.

Assets held under finance leases, which 
transfer to the Company substantially 
all the risks and benefits incidental to 
ownership of the leased item, are 
capitalised at the inception of the 
lease, with a corresponding liability 
being recognised for the lower of the 
fair value of the leased asset and the 
present value of the minimum lease 
payments. Lease payments are 
apportioned between the reduction of 
the lease liability and finance charges 
in the income statement so as to 
achieve a constant rate of interest on 
the remaining balance of the liability. 
The property, plant and equipment 
acquired under finance leases is 
depreciated over the shorter of the 
estimated useful life of the asset and 
the lease term; where the lease 
contains an option to purchase which 
is expected to be exercised, the asset 
is depreciated over the useful life of 
the asset. The accounting policy 
adopted for finance leases is also 
applied to hire purchase agreements.

101

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
B.7. Inventories – component parts  
and consumable stores
Inventories of component parts and 
consumable stores are valued at the 
lower of cost and net realisable value 
on a line by line basis. Provision is made 
for obsolete and slow-moving items.

B.8. Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised 
initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. A provision 
for impairment of trade receivables is 
established when there is objective 
evidence that the Company will not 
be able to collect all amounts due 
according to the original terms of 
the receivables.

Significant financial difficulties of the 
debtor, probability that the debtor 
will enter bankruptcy or financial 
reorganisation, and default or 
delinquency in payments (more than 
30 days overdue) are considered 
indicators that the trade receivable 
may be impaired. The amount of the 
provision is the difference between 
the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future 
cash flows, discounted at the original 
effective interest rate. 

The carrying amount of the asset 
is reduced through the use of an 
allowance account, and the 
amount of  the loss is recognised 
in the income statement within 
‘administration expenses’. 

When a trade receivable is 
uncollectable, it is written off against 
the allowance account for trade 
receivables. Subsequent recoveries 
of amounts previously written off are 
credited against ‘administration 
expenses’ in the income statement.

B.9. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes 
cash in hand, deposits held at call with 
banks, other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturities 
of three months or less, and bank 
overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in current liabilities 
on the Company Statement of 
Financial Position. 

B.10. Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially 
at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method.

B.11. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at 
fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
stated at amortised cost; any 
difference between the proceeds 
(net of transaction costs) and the 
redemption value is recognised in the 
income statement over the period of 
the borrowings using the effective 
interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current 
liabilities unless the Company has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement 
of the liability for at least 12 months 
after the balance sheet date. 

B.12. Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are 
measured at the amount expected 
to be recovered from or paid to the 
taxation authorities, based on tax 
rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred income tax is provided  
in full, using the liability method, on 
temporary differences arising between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the 
Financial Statements.

However, the deferred income tax is  
not accounted for, if it arises from initial 
recognition of goodwill or an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a 
business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profits or losses.

Deferred income tax is determined 
using tax rates (and laws) that have 
been enacted or substantially enacted 
by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the related 
deferred income tax asset is realised 
or the deferred income tax liability is 
settled. Deferred income tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profit 
will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and 
liabilities are offset, only if a legally 
enforceable right exists to set off current 
tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
the deferred income taxes relate to 
the same taxation authority and that 
authority permits the Company to 
make a single net payment.

B.13. Employee benefits
(a) Pension obligations
The Company operates various pension 
schemes. The schemes are generally 
funded through payments to insurance 
companies. The Company has only 
defined contribution plans. A defined 
contribution plan is a pension plan 
under which the Company pays fixed 
contributions into a separate entity.

For defined contribution plans, the 
Company pays contributions to 
privately administered pension 
insurance plans on a contractual or 
voluntary basis. The Company has 
no further payment obligations once 
the contributions have been paid. 
The contributions are recognised as 
employee benefit expense when 
they are due.

(b) Post-retirement benefits
The Company provides no other post- 
retirement benefits to its employees.

(c) Profit-sharing and bonus plans
The Company recognises a liability and 
an expense for bonuses and profit-
sharing, based on a formula that takes 
into consideration the profit attributable 
to the Company’s shareholders after 
certain adjustments. The Company 
recognises a provision where 
contractually obliged or where 
there is a past practice that has 
created a constructive obligation.

(d) Share based payments
IFRS 2 requires the recognition of equity 
settled share based payments at fair 
value at the date of the grant. All 
equity settled share based payments 
are ultimately recognised as an 
expense in the income statement 
with a corresponding credit to share 
based payment reserve.

102

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsIf vesting periods or other non-market 
vesting conditions apply, the expense 
is allocated over the vesting period 
based on the best available estimate 
of the number of shares expected to 
vest. Estimates are revised subsequently 
if there is any indication that the 
number of shares expected to vest 
differs from previous estimates. Any 
cumulative adjustment prior to vesting 
is recognised in the current period. 
The financial effect of awards by the 
Company of options over its equity 
shares to employees of subsidiary 
undertakings are charged to the 
employing entity. Amounts recharged 
by the Company are recognised as 
an intra-Group receivable with a 
corresponding credit to equity.

Upon exercise of share options, the 
proceeds received net of attributable 
transaction costs are credited to share 
capital and where appropriate, 
share premium.

B.14. Provisions
Provisions for items such as dilapidations 
and legal claims are recognised when: 
the Company has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of 
past events; it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required 
to settle the obligation; and the 
amount has been reliably estimated.

Where there are a number of similar 
obligations, the likelihood that an 
outflow will be required in settlement 
is determined by considering the class 
of obligations as a whole. A provision 
is recognised even if the likelihood of 
an outflow with respect to any one 
item included in the same class of 
obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present 
value of the expenditures expected to 
be required to settle the obligation 
using a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the 
obligation. The increase in the provision 
due to passage of time is recognised as 
interest expense.

B.15. Foreign currency translation
The Company’s functional currency 
and presentation currency is Pounds 
Sterling. Transactions in foreign 
currencies are initially recorded in  
the functional currency by applying  
the spot exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated  

in foreign currencies are retranslated  
at the functional currency rate of 
exchange ruling at the balance sheet 
date. All differences are taken to the 
income statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured 
in terms of historical cost in a foreign 
currency are translated using the 
exchange rates as at the dates of the 
initial transactions. Non-monetary items 
measured at fair value in a foreign 
currency are translated using the 
exchange rates at the date when the 
fair value was determined.

The Company does not apply hedge 
accounting of foreign exchange risks 
in its Company Financial Statements.

B.16. Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value 
of the consideration received or 
receivable for the sale of goods and 
services in the ordinary course of the 
Company’s activities. Revenue is shown 
net of value-added tax, returns, rebates 
and discounts.

The Company recognises revenue 
when the amount of revenue can be 
reliably measured, it is probable that 
future economic benefits will flow to the 
entity and when specific criteria have 
been met for each of the Company’s 
activities. The amount of revenue is not 
considered to be reliably measurable 
until all contingencies relating to the 
sale have been resolved. In practice 
this means that revenue is generally 
recognised when the service is 
rendered. Invoicing varies by contract, 
but is typically either in line with work 
performed or initially on a budgeted 
volume basis with later adjustment to 
reflect actual activity. Where a contract 
contains elements of variable 
consideration, the Company will 
estimate the amount or revenue to 
which it will be entitled under the 
contract. Variable consideration can 
arise as a result of incentives, 
performance bonuses, penalties or 
other similar items. Variable 
consideration is recognised only to the 
extent that it is highly probable that the 
economic benefit will transfer to the 
Company. Calculation of accrued and 
deferred income is therefore necessary 
at period ends, with client billing 
arrangements not always coinciding 
with the Company’s reporting periods. 
Revenue from open book contracts 
includes contributions to the capital 
cost of items used in the delivery of 

services, together with a finance 
charge. Judgement is required when 
determining the appropriate timing 
and amount of revenue that can be 
recognised, due to the different 
contractual arrangements in place.

B.17. Intra-Group guarantees
Where the Company enters into 
contracts to guarantee the 
indebtedness of other companies 
within the Group, the Company treats 
the guarantee contract as a contingent 
liability until such time as it becomes 
probable that the Company will be 
required to make a payment under 
the guarantee.

B.18. Judgements and key sources 
of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of the financial 
information under FRS 101 requires 
management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions concerning 
the future. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which form 
the basis of making the judgements 
about carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. The resulting 
accounting estimates will, by definition, 
seldom equal the related actual results. 
The estimates and assumptions that have 
a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year are discussed below.

(a) Revenue recognition
Judgement is required when 
determining the appropriate timing 
and amount of revenue that can 
be recognised, due to the various 
contractual arrangements in place, 
each with bespoke terms which 
can lead to different revenue 
recognition requirements.

(b) Estimated impairment of goodwill
The Company annually tests whether 
goodwill has suffered any impairment, 
in accordance with the accounting 
policy stated above. The recoverable 
amounts of cash-generating units have 
been determined based on value-in-
use calculations. These calculations 
require the use of estimates, both in 
arriving at the expected future cash 
flows and the application of a suitable 
discount rate in order to calculate the 
present value of these flows.

103

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
C. Auditor’s remuneration
Remuneration payable to the Company’s auditor is shown in note 6 to the Group Financial Statements.

D. Intangible assets

Cost:
At 1 May 2015
Additions
Disposals

At 30 April 2016

Additions
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Accumulated amortisation or impairment:
At 1 May 2015
Charge for year/impairment
Disposals

At 30 April 2016

Charge for year/impairment
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:
At 1 May 2015

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2017

Goodwill 
Company 
£’000

Contracts and 
licences 
Company 
£’000

Computer 
software  
Company 
£’000

Total 
Company 
£’000

8,312
–
–

8,312

–
–

8,312

2,542
58
–

2,600

–
–

2,600

5,770

5,712

5,712

723
–
–

723

–
–

723

723
–
–

723

–
–

723

–

–

–

1,320
287
–

1,607

105
(261)

10,355
287
–

10,642

105
(261)

1,451

10,486

998
195
–

1,193

158
(94)

4,263
253
–

4,516

158
(94)

1,257

4,580

322

414

194

6,092

6,126

5,906

104

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsE. Property, plant and equipment

Cost:
At 1 May 2015
Additions
Disposals

At 30 April 2016

Additions
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 May 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 30 April 2016

Charge for the year
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:
At 1 May 2015

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2017

Leasehold  
property 
Company 
£’000

Motor  
vehicles 
Company 
£’000

2,549
261
(16)

2,794

20
(141)

1,314
268
(213)

1,369

30
(11)

Plant, 
machinery, 
fixtures & 
fittings 
Company 
£’000

22,523
12,445
(146)

34,822

17,846
(3,434)

Total 
Company 
£’000

26,386
12,974
(375)

38,985

17,896
(3,586)

2,673

1,388

49,234

53,295

988
194
(16)

1,166

225
(141)

985
152
(170)

967

142
(11)

13,859
2,860
(146)

16,573

2,837
(1,985)

15,832
3,206
(332)

18,706

3,204
(2,137)

1,250

1,098

17,425

19,773

1,561

1,628

1,423

329

402

290

8,664

18,249

10,554

20,279

31,809

33,522

Included within property, plant and equipment are amounts held under finance lease contracts. At 30 April 2017 the net book 
value of these assets was £24,557,000 (2016: £8,948,000).The depreciation charged to the accounts in the year in respect of 
such assets amounted to £2,031,000 (2016: £1,647,000).

Additions to plant, machinery, fixtures & fittings include £1,757,000 (2016: £2,823,000) in respect of assets in the course of construction.

F. Investments

Cost:
At 1 May 2015
Additions

At 30 April 2016 

Additions

At 30 April 2017

Provision for impairment:
At 1 May 2015, 30 April 2016 and 30 April 2017

Net book value:
At 1 May 2015

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2017

Subsidiary 
undertakings 
£’000

20,188
–

20,188

255

20,443

215

19,973

19,973

Other 
£’000

–
–

–

1,950

1,950

–

–

–

20,228

1,950

During the year the Company subscribed for share capital in Clicklink Logistics Limited (see note 15 to the Group Financial 
Statements) and incorporated a subsidiary in Poland, Carriba Investments Sp. z o.o., now renamed Clipper Logistics Sp. z o.o., 
which commenced trading in April 2017.

105

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
F. Investments (continued)
Subsidiary undertakings
Except where indicated, the subsidiary undertakings are incorporated and operate in Great Britain, registered in England 
and Wales and the Company or Group owns 100% of the issued ordinary share capital and voting rights. 

The subsidiary undertakings of the Company as at 30 April 2017 were as follows:

Company

Nature of business during the year

Servicecare Support Services Limited1

Returns management services and on-line retail

Clipper Logistics KG (GmbH & Co.) (Germany)2 

Contract distribution and warehousing

Clipper Logistics Sp. z o.o.(Poland)3

Contract distribution and warehousing

Northern Commercials (Mirfield) Limited4

Sale, servicing and repair of commercial vehicles

Genesis Specialised Product Packing Limited 

On-line retail and distribution

Stormont Truck and Van Limited*

Agency for leasing commitments

Clipper Verwaltungs GmbH (Germany)*2

Agency for leasing commitments

Electrotec International Limited*1

Gagewell Transport Limited

Clipper e-commerce Limited

Clipper Logistics (Processing) Limited

Clipper Logistics (Warehousing) Limited 

Clipper Secure Logistics Limited

Clipper Logistics BV (Netherlands)

DTS Logistics Limited

Guardex Security Services Limited

Transference Technology Limited (90% owned)* 

Northern Commercial Trailers (Mirfield) Limited*

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Shareholding held indirectly.

* 
See note 29 to the Group Financial Statements for additions subsequent to the financial year end.

The registered office of each subsidiary is Clipper Logistics Group, Gelderd Road, Leeds LS12 6LT except for:

Steinweg 2, 95213, Münchberg, Germany

1  Hollinwood Works, Manchester Road, Hollinwood, Oldham, Lancashire OL9 7AA
2 
3  ul. Zernicka, 22, Robakowo, 62-023, Robakowo, Poland
4  Armytage Road, Wakefield Road Industrial Estate, Brighouse, West Yorkshire HD6 1PG

G. Inventories

Component parts and consumable stores

H. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year:
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Amounts receivable from related parties (see note T)
Amounts owed by fellow Group companies

Amounts falling due after more than one year:
Amounts owed by fellow Group companies

Total

106

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

394

500

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

14,840
114
18,464
522
371

34,311

9,490
117
15,986
–
48

25,641

3,636

1,877

37,947

27,518

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsI. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts owed to related parties (see note T)
Amounts owed to fellow Group companies

Total

J. Financial liabilities: borrowings

Non-current:
Bank loans
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total non-current

Current:
Bank overdrafts
Bank loans
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total current

Total borrowings

Less: cash and cash equivalents
         non-current financial assets (note T)

Net debt

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

20,588
4,821
2,028
13,869
171
3,443

44,920

16,379
2,506
1,405
13,490
–
3,649

37,429

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

1,300
16,757

18,057

9,263
770
5,177

15,210

33,267

49
1,450

31,768

5,060
6,232

11,292

8,510
896
2,448

11,854

23,146

212
–

22,934

Bank loans and overdrafts are secured by a charge over the Group’s assets. The Company’s overdraft is offset by cash 
balances in subsidiary companies. The net Group overdraft at 30 April 2017 is £nil (2016: £1,817,000).

Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements are secured by related assets.

K. Bank loans
Bank loans repayable, included within borrowings are analysed as follows:

In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Total

See note 20 to the Group Financial Statements for the principal features of the bank loans.

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

770
1,300
–

2,070

896
5,060
–

5,956

107

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
L. Finance leases and hire purchase agreements
The Company uses finance leases and hire purchase agreements to acquire property, plant and equipment. 

The amounts which are repayable under hire purchase or finance lease instalments are shown below:

Fixed rate leases:
Minimum lease payments:
In one year or less
Between one and five years

Interest:
In one year or less
Between one and five years

Principal of fixed rate leases:
In one year or less
Between one and five years

Variable rate leases:

Total

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

5,961
17,909

23,870

(784)
(1,152)

(1,936)

5,177
16,757

21,934

–

21,934

2,775
6,686

9,461

(327)
(454)

(781)

2,448
6,232

8,680

–

8,680

M. Derivative financial instruments
As part of the novation of bank facilities from the former parent on 2 May 2014, the Company took on an existing interest rate 
swap which expired in October 2016.

N. Provisions 

At 1 May 
Utilised
Consideration received
Charged/(credited) in year

At 30 April 

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:

Current
Non-current

Total

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

642
(311)
557
434

1,322

556
(151)
–
237

642

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

43
1,279

1,322

26
616

642

Provisions are established over the life of leases to cover remedial work necessary at termination under the terms of those leases. 
Two key sites have leases that expire 20 and 11 years from the balance sheet date. All other leases expire in 10 years or less.

During the year the Company took assignment of a property lease with eight years remaining and received compensation 
from the previous tenant, reflecting the agreed value of accrued dilapidation remedial works at the date of handover.

108

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsO. Deferred tax
Deferred tax balances in the Statement of Financial Position are as follows:

Deferred tax liability:
Accelerated capital allowances

Deferred tax asset:
Share based payment
Provisions and other timing differences

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

The movement in deferred tax balances is as follows:

At 1 May 
(Charged)/credited in year
Credited to share based payment reserve

At 30 April

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

(612)

(397)

846
45

279

300
42

(55)

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

(55)
(94)
428

279

(420)
160
205

(55)

The UK corporation tax rate reduced from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017. Legislation to reduce the rate to 17% 
with effect from 1 April 2020 was substantively enacted at 30 April 2017. A rate of 17% (2016: 18%) has been applied in the 
measurement of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities in the year.

P. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
100,022,968 (2016: 100,005,341) ordinary shares of 0.05p each

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

50

50

During the year the Company issued 17,627 ordinary shares at a price of 140.4p per share to satisfy share options. See note 23 
to the Group Financial Statements.

Q. Share based payments
Further details of the share option schemes are set out in note 23 to the Group Financial Statements. The charge to the 
Company’s income statement for equity settled transactions in the year ended 30 April 2017 was £771,000 (2016: £417,000).

109

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
R. Commitments and contingencies
Operating lease commitments – land and buildings:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After more than five years

Total

Operating lease commitments – vehicles, plant and equipment:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After more than five years

Total

S. Capital commitments

Authorised and contracted for
Authorised, but not contracted for

Total

2017 
Company 
£’000

16,062
58,514
75,058

2016 
Company 
£’000

12,457
52,343
79,732

149,634

144,532

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

5,284
9,353
11

14,648

3,867
8,769
99

12,735

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

2,011
2,659

4,670

9,467
7,279

16,746

T. Related party disclosures
Clicklink Logistics Limited (see note 15 to the Group Financial Statements) is a supplier of logistics services to the Company. 
The Company provides certain resources to Clicklink, principally people and vehicles, under the terms of the joint venture 
agreement. Amounts charged for these resources are included in revenue.

Knaresborough Investments Limited, a company controlled by Steve Parkin, receives management and administration 
services from the Company. 

Branton Court Stud LLP, in which Steve Parkin is a partner, receives management and administration services from the Company.

Roydhouse Properties Limited is the landlord of two of the Company’s leasehold properties and shares a common director 
with the Company.

Southerns Office Interiors Limited supplies office furniture to the Company. A company owned by Steve Parkin is registered 
as a person with significant control over Southerns Limited, the ultimate parent of Southerns Office Interiors Limited.

Guiseley Association Football Club shares a common director with the Company. 

Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited shares a common director with the Company.

The Company rents an aircraft from South Acre Aviation Limited, a company owned by Steve Parkin. Charges are on an 
arm’s length basis.

Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5 to the Group Financial Statements.

110

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsBalances owing to or from these related parties at 30 April were as follows:

Non-current financial assets:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – interest bearing loan
Trade and other receivables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – trading balance
Knaresborough Investments Limited 
Branton Court Stud LLP
Trade and other payables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Southerns Office Interiors Limited

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

1,450

282
115
125

135
36

–

–
–
–

–
–

The shareholders in Clicklink Logistics Limited have jointly made available to that company a term loan facility of £3,900,000 of 
which the Company’s 50% share is £1,950,000. The facility may be drawn in up to ten loans. Interest on each loan is calculated 
at a margin above 12 month LIBOR and is payable annually. All loans drawn under the facility are repayable in November 2019.

All other balances owing to or from related parties were settled by the end of June 2017.

Transactions with these related parties in the year ended 30 April were as follows:

Items credited to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – revenue
Clicklink Logistics Limited – finance income
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Branton Court Stud LLP
Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited
Items charged to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Roydhouse Properties Limited
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Guiseley Association Football Club
South Acre Aviation Limited 
Purchase of non-current assets
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Sale of non-current assets
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items previously capitalised by the Company
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items procured but not capitalised by the Company

2017 
Company 
£’000

2016 
Company 
£’000

4,701
18
150
125
2

410
5
888
46
25
7

135

1,173
3,681

–
–
275
–
–

–
–
885
–
50
19

–

–
–

111

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Clipper Logistics plc Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors, Secretary, Registered & Head Office 
and Advisors

Directors:

Steve Parkin, Executive Chairman  
Tony Mannix, Chief Executive Officer  
David Hodkin, Chief Financial Officer  
Ron Series, Senior Independent Non-Executive Director  
Stephen Robertson, Independent Non-Executive Director  
Mike Russell, Independent Non-Executive Director 

Company Secretary:

Registered Office and Head Office of the Company:

Registered number:

Sponsor, financial advisor, sole bookrunner and broker:

Legal advisors:

Auditor:

Registrars:

Financial public relations advisors to the Company:

Guy Jackson

Gelderd Road 
Leeds  
LS12 6LT

03042024

Numis Securities Limited  
The London Stock Exchange Building 
10 Paternoster Square 
London  
EC4M 7LT

Squire Patton Boggs (UK) LLP 
2 Park Lane 
Leeds 
LS3 1ES 

Pinsent Masons LLP 
1 Park Row 
Leeds  
LS1 5AB

KPMG LLP  
1 Sovereign Square 
Sovereign Street 
Leeds  
LS1 4DA

Equiniti  
Aspect House  
Spencer Road 
Lancing  
West Sussex  
BN99 6DA

Bell Pottinger  
Holborn Gate  
330 High Holborn 
London  
WC1V 7QD

112

 Clipper Logistics plc Financial Statements 
Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

Design and production

www.luminous.co.uk

VC

l

i

p

p

e

r

L

o

g

i

s

t

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

Clipper Logistics plc
Gelderd Road 
Leeds 
LS12 6LT

Tel: 0113 204 2050 
Email: info@clippergroup.co.uk 
Web: www.clippergroup.co.uk

V